Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 908 completed

Missions

Open758Completed908All1666
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Short and General Duality Proof for Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization I: Worst-Case Loss = min over λ ≥ 0 of λρ + E[sup f − λc] for All ρ > 0 iff Interchangeability HoldsResearch Paper

Motivation

Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization (DRO) hedges a decision against every probability distribution within a given transport distance of a nominal one, typically the empirical distribution of data. The inner problem, the worst-case loss, is an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of measures, and every practical use of Wasserstein DRO — tractable reformulations, statistical guarantees, regularization interpretations — rests on a strong duality theorem that replaces it with a one-dimensional minimization over a Lagrange multiplier.

Such duality theorems have been proved under progressively weaker hypotheses:

  • Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (2018) and Zhao and Guan (2018): empirical nominal distributions on subsets of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, via conic duality.
  • Blanchet and Murthy (2019): Polish spaces, lower semi-continuous costs and upper semi-continuous losses, via an approximation argument (arXiv:1604.01446).
  • Gao and Kleywegt (2023): Polish spaces with costs that are powers of a metric and arbitrary measurable losses (arXiv:1604.02199).
  • Zhang, Yang and Gao (2022, v4 2024): an arbitrary measurable space, an arbitrary measurable cost with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and a measurable loss, with duality characterized exactly by an interchangeability principle (arXiv:2205.00362).

This mission formalizes the last of these, Theorem 1 of Zhang–Yang–Gao.

Setting

Let (X,F,P^)(\mathcal X,\mathcal F,\widehat{\mathbb P})(X,F,P) be a probability space, f:X→Rf:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rf:X→R a measurable loss with EP^[f]>−∞\mathbb E_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}[f]>-\inftyEP​[f]>−∞, and c:X×X→[0,∞]c:\mathcal X\times\mathcal X\to[0,\infty]c:X×X→[0,∞] a measurable transport cost with c(x,x)=0c(x,x)=0c(x,x)=0 (Assumption 1). Expectations take values in Rˉ=[−∞,∞]\bar{\mathbb R}=[-\infty,\infty]Rˉ=[−∞,∞], and the convention 0⋅∞=∞0\cdot\infty=\infty0⋅∞=∞ is used for products λc\lambda cλc.

The Kantorovich transport cost between P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P and a probability measure P\mathbb PP is

Kc(P^,P)=inf⁡γ∈Γ(P^,P)E(X^,X)∼γ[c(X^,X)],\mathcal K_c(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)=\inf_{\gamma\in\Gamma(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)}\mathbb E_{(\widehat X,X)\sim\gamma}[c(\widehat X,X)],Kc​(P,P)=γ∈Γ(P,P)inf​E(X,X)∼γ​[c(X,X)],

where Γ(P^,P)\Gamma(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)Γ(P,P) is the set of couplings with marginals P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P and P\mathbb PP. The worst-case loss is

L(ρ)=sup⁡P{EX∼P[f(X)]:Kc(P^,P)≤ρ},\mathcal L(\rho)=\sup_{\mathbb P}\big\{\mathbb E_{X\sim\mathbb P}[f(X)]:\mathcal K_c(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P)\le\rho\big\},L(ρ)=Psup​{EX∼P​[f(X)]:Kc​(P,P)≤ρ},

with L(ρ)=−∞\mathcal L(\rho)=-\inftyL(ρ)=−∞ for ρ<0\rho<0ρ<0. For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 let ϕλ(x^,x)=f(x)−λc(x^,x)\phi_\lambda(\widehat x,x)=f(x)-\lambda c(\widehat x,x)ϕλ​(x,x)=f(x)−λc(x,x) and

G(λ)=EX^∼P^[sup⁡x∈Xϕλ(X^,x)].\mathcal G(\lambda)=\mathbb E_{\widehat X\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\Big[\sup_{x\in\mathcal X}\phi_\lambda(\widehat X,x)\Big].G(λ)=EX∼P​[x∈Xsup​ϕλ​(X,x)].

ΓP^\Gamma_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}ΓP​ is the set of probability measures on X×X\mathcal X\times\mathcal XX×X with first marginal P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P. A measurable ϕ:X×X→R∪{−∞}\phi:\mathcal X\times\mathcal X\to\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\}ϕ:X×X→R∪{−∞} satisfies the interchangeability principle (IP) if x^↦sup⁡xϕ(x^,x)\widehat x\mapsto\sup_x\phi(\widehat x,x)x↦supx​ϕ(x,x) is P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-measurable (measurable for the completion of F\mathcal FF) and

EX^∼P^[sup⁡xϕ(X^,x)]=sup⁡γ∈ΓP^E(X^,X)∼γ[ϕ(X^,X)].\mathbb E_{\widehat X\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\Big[\sup_{x}\phi(\widehat X,x)\Big]=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}}\mathbb E_{(\widehat X,X)\sim\gamma}[\phi(\widehat X,X)].EX∼P​[xsup​ϕ(X,x)]=γ∈ΓP​sup​E(X,X)∼γ​[ϕ(X,X)].

The Legendre transform of h:R→Rˉh:\mathbb R\to\bar{\mathbb R}h:R→Rˉ is h∗(λ)=sup⁡ρ∈R{λρ−h(ρ)}h^*(\lambda)=\sup_{\rho\in\mathbb R}\{\lambda\rho-h(\rho)\}h∗(λ)=supρ∈R​{λρ−h(ρ)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1, (D)

ϕλ\phi_\lambdaϕλ​ satisfies (IP) for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 if and only if the supremum functions are P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-measurable and

L(ρ)=min⁡λ≥0{λρ+EX^∼P^[sup⁡x∈X{f(x)−λc(X^,x)}]}∀ρ>0.\mathcal L(\rho)=\min_{\lambda\ge0}\Big\{\lambda\rho+\mathbb E_{\widehat X\sim\widehat{\mathbb P}}\Big[\sup_{x\in\mathcal X}\{f(x)-\lambda c(\widehat X,x)\}\Big]\Big\}\qquad\forall\rho>0.L(ρ)=λ≥0min​{λρ+EX∼P​[x∈Xsup​{f(x)−λc(X,x)}]}∀ρ>0.

The minimum is attained. Both sides may be +∞+\infty+∞.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1. L\mathcal LL is bounded below by EP^[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}[f]EP​[f], increasing and concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
  2. (P-soft). For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, (−L)∗(−λ)=sup⁡{EP[f]−λKc(P^,P):Kc<∞}(-\mathcal L)^*(-\lambda)=\sup\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[f]-\lambda\mathcal K_c(\widehat{\mathbb P},\mathbb P):\mathcal K_c<\infty\}(−L)∗(−λ)=sup{EP​[f]−λKc​(P,P):Kc​<∞}.
  3. Theorem 1, first display. (−L)∗(−λ)=sup⁡γ∈ΓP^Eγ[f(X)−λc(X^,X)](-\mathcal L)^*(-\lambda)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}}\mathbb E_\gamma[f(X)-\lambda c(\widehat X,X)](−L)∗(−λ)=supγ∈ΓP​​Eγ​[f(X)−λc(X,X)] for λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.
  4. Lemma 3. Properties of λ↦h∗(−λ)\lambda\mapsto h^*(-\lambda)λ↦h∗(−λ) for a decreasing convex proper hhh that is +∞+\infty+∞ on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0).
  5. Lemma 2. (−L)∗(−⋅)(-\mathcal L)^*(-\cdot)(−L)∗(−⋅) and G\mathcal GG are bounded below by EP^[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}[f]EP​[f], decreasing, convex and lower semi-continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (two items).
  6. Theorem 1, second display. L(ρ)=min⁡λ≥0{λρ+sup⁡γ∈ΓP^Eγ[f(X)−λc(X^,X)]}\mathcal L(\rho)=\min_{\lambda\ge0}\{\lambda\rho+\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_{\widehat{\mathbb P}}}\mathbb E_\gamma[f(X)-\lambda c(\widehat X,X)]\}L(ρ)=minλ≥0​{λρ+supγ∈ΓP​​Eγ​[f(X)−λc(X,X)]} for ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0: duality with no assumption beyond Assumption 1.
  7. Theorem 1, third display. For fixed λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, ϕλ\phi_\lambdaϕλ​ satisfies (IP) iff (−L)∗(−λ)=G(λ)(-\mathcal L)^*(-\lambda)=\mathcal G(\lambda)(−L)∗(−λ)=G(λ).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 separates Wasserstein DRO duality into two parts. The first, the second display, holds with no regularity at all: the worst-case loss always equals a one-dimensional minimum over λ\lambdaλ of a supremum over couplings with fixed first marginal. The second identifies exactly when that supremum can be moved inside the expectation, which is the form (D) used in applications: (D) holds for all radii if and only if (IP) holds. The question of when Wasserstein DRO has its standard dual becomes a question about measurable selection and measurable projection, which is studied in a companion mission of this series. The duality results of the timeline above become special cases in which (IP) can be verified.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a verified duality theorem at the level of generality of measurable spaces with extended-valued costs, together with a reusable layer: Kantorovich costs with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], extended-real expectations, and one-dimensional Legendre transforms of extended-real functions.

Difficulty

The proof is short on paper because it delegates to one-dimensional convex analysis: the involution h∗∗=cl⁡hh^{**}=\operatorname{cl}hh∗∗=clh of the Legendre transform on R\mathbb RR (Rockafellar, Theorem 12.2), applied to −L-\mathcal L−L. The work is in the extended reals. L\mathcal LL can be +∞+\infty+∞ on all of (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), (−L)∗(-\mathcal L)^*(−L)∗ can be identically +∞+\infty+∞, and the costs and products involve 0⋅∞0\cdot\infty0⋅∞. Concavity of L\mathcal LL on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) requires mixing near-optimal distributions and couplings, and lower semi-continuity of G\mathcal GG requires Fatou's lemma for functions bounded below by fff, not by 000. The "only if" direction of the goal has to recover (IP) for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 from (D), which goes through biconjugation of G\mathcal GG and the right continuity at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 of both transforms. A proof that treats every value as finite does not cover the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace ShortWDRODual.Legendre.

  • X\mathcal XX is a measurable space and P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P a probability measure. The cost is ENNReal-valued and curried, c x̂ x, with the nominal point first. The loss is real-valued and measurable.
  • Kc\mathcal K_cKc​ is the published RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost (infimum over probability couplings of the lower Lebesgue integral of ccc, in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]).
  • Expectations are the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral, ∫φ+−∫φ−\int\varphi^+-\int\varphi^-∫φ+−∫φ− in EReal. This agrees with the paper whenever one part is finite. It assigns −∞-\infty−∞ to the undefined case ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞, so a law or coupling with an undefined expectation never raises a supremum.
  • The ball constraint Kc≤ρ\mathcal K_c\le\rhoKc​≤ρ is compared in EReal, so that L(ρ)=−∞\mathcal L(\rho)=-\inftyL(ρ)=−∞ for ρ<0\rho<0ρ<0. Reading it as Kc≤max⁡(ρ,0)\mathcal K_c\le\max(\rho,0)Kc​≤max(ρ,0) would make every Legendre transform +∞+\infty+∞.
  • λc\lambda cλc uses the paper's 0⋅∞=∞0\cdot\infty=\infty0⋅∞=∞ (Mathlib's product has 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0). This matters for λ=0\lambda=0λ=0: the supremum is then over {x:c(x^,x)<∞}\{x:c(\widehat x,x)<\infty\}{x:c(x,x)<∞}.
  • "min" is attainment plus lower bound (IsLeast). Concavity, convexity and monotonicity of extended-real functions are stated as explicit inequalities with real weights. Lower semi-continuity "on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" is relative to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).
  • P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P-measurability is NullMeasurable. Disclosed reading: in the goal and in the fixed-λ\lambdaλ milestone, the measurability of the supremum functions is stated explicitly next to the duality formula, because the paper's expectation in (D) presupposes it and (IP) contains it. Lemma 2's statement on G\mathcal GG assumes this measurability for λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, for the same reason.
  • Ruled out: a goal that assumes (IP) and concludes (D) states only one direction. So does a goal that drops attainment, or uses Mathlib's 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0. All three are weaker theorems.

A complete development needs the one-dimensional Fenchel–Moreau theorem for extended-real functions on R\mathbb RR, gluing and mixing of couplings with a fixed first marginal, and Fatou's lemma for extIntegral. Each is reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Zhang, J. Yang, R. Gao, A Short and General Duality Proof for Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization, arXiv:2205.00362v4, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2205.00362
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2):565–600, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.01446
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally Robust Stochastic Optimization with Wasserstein Distance, Mathematics of Operations Research 48(2):603–655, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02199
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven Distributionally Robust Optimization Using the Wasserstein Metric, Mathematical Programming 171:115–166, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1505.05116
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization I: Under the Nesting Condition, a Worst-Case Expectation Constraint over a Standardized Ambiguity Set Is Equivalent to a Finite Conic SystemResearch Paper

Motivation

A constraint E[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E[v(x,\tilde z)] \le wE[v(x,z~)]≤w on a decision xxx requires the distribution of the random vector z~\tilde zz~. In practice that distribution is known only partially: its support, a few moments, or the probability mass of some regions estimated from data. Distributionally robust optimization asks that the constraint hold for every distribution consistent with this information. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Sim (Optimization Online 3757, 2013; Oper. Res. 62(6), 2014) proposed one standardized format for this information. Their format contains, as special cases, many ambiguity sets used earlier: support and moment information (Delage and Ye, 2010), and mean–covariance and directional-deviation information (Goh and Sim, 2010). They then characterized exactly when a worst-case expectation constraint over such a set has a finite conic reformulation. This mission formalizes that characterization: the paper's Theorem 1 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

The uncertain parameters are z~∈RP\tilde z \in \mathbb R^Pz~∈RP, and an auxiliary random vector u~∈RQ\tilde u \in \mathbb R^Qu~∈RQ may be added to describe structure of z~\tilde zz~. A proper cone K\mathcal KK is a closed convex cone with K∩(−K)={0}\mathcal K \cap(-\mathcal K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} and nonempty interior. Write x≼Kyx \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K} yx≼K​y for y−x∈Ky - x \in \mathcal Ky−x∈K, and K⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K}\mathcal K^\star = \{y : x^\top y \ge 0\ \forall x \in \mathcal K\}K⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K} for the dual cone. For indices i∈I={1,…,I}i \in \mathcal I = \{1,\dots,I\}i∈I={1,…,I} the confidence sets are

Ci={(z,u):Ciz+Diu≼Kici},\mathcal C_i = \{(z,u) : C_i z + D_i u \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K_i} c_i\},Ci​={(z,u):Ci​z+Di​u≼Ki​​ci​},

with matrices Ci,DiC_i, D_iCi​,Di​, vectors cic_ici​ and proper cones Ki\mathcal K_iKi​. The ambiguity set is

P={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci]∈[p‾i,p‾i]  ∀i∈I},\mathcal P = \Big\{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u) \in \mathcal C_i] \in [\underline p_i,\overline p_i]\ \ \forall i \in \mathcal I\Big\},P={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci​]∈[p​i​,p​i​]  ∀i∈I},

where 0≤p‾i≤p‾i≤10 \le \underline p_i \le \overline p_i \le 10≤p​i​≤p​i​≤1. The paper imposes three conditions:

  • (C1) CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is bounded and p‾I=p‾I=1\underline p_I = \overline p_I = 1p​I​=p​I​=1;
  • (C2) some P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P meets every non-degenerate probability bound strictly;
  • (C3) the constraint function is a maximum of finitely many bi-affine pieces,
v(x,z)=max⁡l=1,…,L[(Slz+sl)⊤x+tl⊤z+tl].v(x,z) = \max_{l = 1,\dots,L} \big[(S_l z + s_l)^\top x + \mathbf t_l^\top z + t_l\big].v(x,z)=l=1,…,Lmax​[(Sl​z+sl​)⊤x+tl⊤​z+tl​].

The distributionally robust constraint (3) is EP[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)] \le wEP​[v(x,z~)]≤w for all P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.

A set AAA is strictly included in BBB, written A⋐BA \Subset BA⋐B, if AAA lies in the interior of BBB. The nesting condition (N) requires that any two distinct confidence sets be strictly nested or disjoint. For each iii, A(i)={i}∪{i′:Ci⋐Ci′}\mathcal A(i) = \{i\} \cup \{i' : \mathcal C_i \Subset \mathcal C_{i'}\}A(i)={i}∪{i′:Ci​⋐Ci′​} indexes the confidence sets containing Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (pp. 10–11)

Under (C1)–(C3), (N) and the two regularity conditions (S1)–(S2) described below, the constraint (3) holds if and only if there are β∈RK\beta \in \mathbb R^Kβ∈RK, κ,λ∈R+I\kappa,\lambda \in \mathbb R^I_+κ,λ∈R+I​ and ϕil∈Ki⋆\phi_{il} \in \mathcal K_i^\starϕil​∈Ki⋆​ such that, for all i∈Ii \in \mathcal Ii∈I and lll,

b⊤β+∑i[p‾iκi−p‾iλi]≤w,ci⊤ϕil+sl⊤x+tl≤∑i′∈A(i)[κi′−λi′],b^\top\beta + \sum_{i}\big[\overline p_i\kappa_i - \underline p_i\lambda_i\big] \le w,\qquad c_i^\top\phi_{il} + s_l^\top x + t_l \le \sum_{i' \in \mathcal A(i)}[\kappa_{i'} - \lambda_{i'}],b⊤β+i∑​[p​i​κi​−p​i​λi​]≤w,ci⊤​ϕil​+sl⊤​x+tl​≤i′∈A(i)∑​[κi′​−λi′​], Ci⊤ϕil+A⊤β=Sl⊤x+tl,Di⊤ϕil+B⊤β=0.C_i^\top\phi_{il} + A^\top\beta = S_l^\top x + \mathbf t_l,\qquad D_i^\top\phi_{il} + B^\top\beta = 0.Ci⊤​ϕil​+A⊤β=Sl⊤​x+tl​,Di⊤​ϕil​+B⊤β=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, sufficiency. The system implies (3), under (C1), (C3) and (N) alone.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 34). For a strictly feasible conic confidence set, the semi-infinite constraint v(x,z)+f⊤z+g⊤u≤hv(x,z) + f^\top z + g^\top u \le hv(x,z)+f⊤z+g⊤u≤h on the set holds iff multipliers ϕl∈K⋆\phi_l \in \mathcal K^\starϕl​∈K⋆ exist with c⊤ϕl+sl⊤x+tl≤hc^\top\phi_l + s_l^\top x + t_l \le hc⊤ϕl​+sl⊤​x+tl​≤h, C⊤ϕl=Sl⊤x+tl+fC^\top\phi_l = S_l^\top x + \mathbf t_l + fC⊤ϕl​=Sl⊤​x+tl​+f and D⊤ϕl=gD^\top\phi_l = gD⊤ϕl​=g.
  3. The dual of the moment problem (p. 35). Constraint (3) holds iff some β\betaβ, κ,λ≥0\kappa,\lambda \ge 0κ,λ≥0 have objective value ≤w\le w≤w and satisfy [Az+Bu]⊤β+∑i1Ci(z,u)[κi−λi]≥v(x,z)[Az+Bu]^\top\beta + \sum_i \mathbf 1_{\mathcal C_i}(z,u)[\kappa_i - \lambda_i] \ge v(x,z)[Az+Bu]⊤β+∑i​1Ci​​(z,u)[κi​−λi​]≥v(x,z) on CI\mathcal C_ICI​.
  4. The partition step (p. 35). Under (N), the indicator constraint on CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is equivalent to constraints with the constant ∑A(i)\sum_{\mathcal A(i)}∑A(i)​ on the pieces C‾i=Ci∖⋃Ci′⋐CiCi′\overline{\mathcal C}_i = \mathcal C_i \setminus \bigcup_{\mathcal C_{i'} \Subset \mathcal C_i} \mathcal C_{i'}Ci​=Ci​∖⋃Ci′​⋐Ci​​Ci′​.
  5. The boundary step (pp. 35–36). The iii-th constraint holds on C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ iff it holds on all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.

Significance

When the Ki\mathcal K_iKi​ are orthants, second-order cones or semidefinite cones, Theorem 1 turns the semi-infinite, measure-valued constraint (3) into a linear, conic-quadratic or semidefinite system of size polynomial in the data. The paper's Theorem 2 shows that when nesting fails, even checking P≠∅\mathcal P \neq \emptysetP=∅ is strongly NP-hard. Theorem 1 is therefore the tractable side of a sharp dividing line. The paper builds its conservative approximation for non-nested sets (Theorem 3) and its lifting results (Section 3) on it.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. The formalization contributes two things. First, the duality theory for finite moment problems over measures on a compact set, and conic strong duality for strictly feasible sets: neither exists in Mathlib as stated. Second, a corrected statement. As printed, the "only if" direction of Theorem 1 is false, because (C2) does not give the strong duality the proof attributes to it. No machine-checked version of Theorem 1 is known.

Difficulty

The sufficiency half is weak duality: a pointwise inequality on CI\mathcal C_ICI​ integrated against any P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P. The necessity half needs three facts.

  • Strong duality, with attainment, for an infinite-dimensional linear program over nonnegative measures. Here the obvious reference to a general conic duality theorem needs a constraint qualification on all moment constraints jointly, and (C2) controls only the probability bounds.
  • A geometric step: under (N), a constraint imposed on C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ extends to all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​. This uses convexity of vvv in (z,u)(z,u)(z,u) together with the compactness of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ and the strict inclusion of its descendants.
  • Conic duality with dual attainment for each confidence set (Lemma 1), which fails without strict feasibility.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, products are Matrix.mulVec and dotProduct, and the outcome space is (Fin nP → ℝ) × (Fin nQ → ℝ) with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. The index set is Fin (nI + 1), 0-based, with CI\mathcal C_ICI​ = Fin.last nI. Probabilities are μ.real. Constraint (3) is stated in its "for all P\mathbb PP" form, so no supremum of reals appears. The scalar tlt_ltl​ and the vector tl\mathbf t_ltl​ are separate fields.

Every member of P\mathcal PP is a probability measure with finite first moment, so EP[Az~+Bu~]\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u]EP​[Az~+Bu~] is a genuine integral and not Lean's default value 000. The expectation EP[v(x,z~)]\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)]EP​[v(x,z~)] is genuine as well, since vvv grows at most linearly. Hypothesis (C2) keeps P\mathcal PP nonempty, so (3) cannot hold vacuously. A sorry-free sanity file exhibits two nested intervals for which all hypotheses of the goal hold at once.

Hypotheses added to the paper's, each needed for a true statement:

  • (S1) moment-problem regularity. Every small common shift of bbb and of each probability interval stays feasible over finite measures on CI\mathcal C_ICI​. It is needed because with C1\mathcal C_1C1​ the unit disk, E[z~1]=1\mathbb E[\tilde z_1] = 1E[z~1​]=1, v=z2v = z_2v=z2​ and w=0w = 0w=0, constraint (3) holds but the system has no solution.
  • (S2) strict feasibility of every confidence set. It is needed because a confidence set that is a single boundary point of a second-order cone constraint admits no dual multipliers in Lemma 1.
  • Ci⊆CI\mathcal C_i \subseteq \mathcal C_ICi​⊆CI​ and P+Q≥1P + Q \ge 1P+Q≥1 in the partition and boundary steps. In dimension zero a set is strictly included in itself and C‾i\overline{\mathcal C}_iCi​ can be empty.

(S1) also excludes some instances the page allows: p‾i=0\overline p_i = 0p​i​=0 or p‾i=1\underline p_i = 1p​i​=1 for i≠Ii \ne Ii=I, and expectation rows that cannot be shifted in every direction by measures on CI\mathcal C_ICI​.

The sufficiency milestone drops (C2) and the standing bounds 0≤p‾i≤p‾i≤10 \le \underline p_i \le \overline p_i \le 10≤p​i​≤p​i​≤1, which only strengthens it.

Needed infrastructure, all reusable: conic duality for closed convex cones, Lagrangian duality for linear programs over finite measures on a compact set, and the extension of a convex inequality from the boundary of a compact set. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization, Optimization Online preprint 3757, version of September 22, 2013. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/3757.pdf ; Operations Research 62(6):1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, chapter 7, Kluwer, 2001 (reference [56] of the paper; the result the proof of Theorem 1 cites as Proposition 3.4).
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally robust optimization and its tractable approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0712
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Lectures on Modern Convex Optimization, SIAM, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718829
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs III: Equal-Stepsize Gossip under Strong Monotonicity, limsup E‖x^k − x*‖² ≤ (α/μ)(2C²N + BC√(2nN)/(1 − √λ))Research Paper

Motivation

In an aggregative game, each player's decision affects a common quantity, such as total production or total demand. An agent may be able to calculate its own preferred response while lacking direct access to that aggregate. Koshal, Nedić, and Shanbhag study how agents can estimate it by exchanging information only with neighbours on a communication graph. Their asynchronous gossip algorithm lets one randomly selected agent contact a neighbour at each tick; both agents update their estimates and decisions. The constant stepsize regime matters when agents cannot steadily reduce their stepsizes or want to keep responding to new information. It gives an error bound rather than exact convergence: the decisions remain near an equilibrium by an amount controlled by the step, the game, and the graph. The model and this bound are from Koshal, Nedić, and Shanbhag, 2016.

The same paper analyzes a synchronous scheme with diminishing steps and a gossip scheme with update-count steps. This mission isolates the constant-step case in §4.3, and targets the equal-probability, equal-stepsize display at the end of that section. It uses the paper's numbered Lemmas 2, 3, and 11 and relations (30), (31), (44), and (55) as intermediate targets. The restriction to the final special case is material: the argument printed for general player-specific steps and update probabilities has gaps in (53) and (54), while both problematic terms disappear when the steps and update probabilities are equal.

Setting

There are NNN players, each choosing xix_ixi​ from a nonempty compact convex set Ki⊆RnK_i\subseteq\mathbb R^nKi​⊆Rn. Write K=∏iKiK=\prod_iK_iK=∏i​Ki​ for feasible profiles and Kˉ={∑ixi:xi∈Ki}\bar K=\{\sum_i x_i:x_i\in K_i\}Kˉ={∑i​xi​:xi​∈Ki​} for feasible aggregates. Player iii has a component map Fi(xi,u)F_i(x_i,u)Fi​(xi​,u), evaluated at its own decision and an aggregate argument. At a feasible profile xxx, the game map is ϕ(x)i=Fi(xi,∑jxj)\phi(x)_i=F_i(x_i,\sum_jx_j)ϕ(x)i​=Fi​(xi​,∑j​xj​). An equilibrium target is the solution x∗x^*x∗ of the variational inequality VI⁡(K,ϕ)\operatorname{VI}(K,\phi)VI(K,ϕ): for every x∈Kx\in Kx∈K, ∑i⟨xi−xi∗,ϕ(x∗)i⟩≥0\sum_i\langle x_i-x_i^*,\phi(x^*)_i\rangle\ge0∑i​⟨xi​−xi∗​,ϕ(x∗)i​⟩≥0. The paper derives this map from player payoff gradients under its Assumption 1; the present formalization starts with the component maps used by the algorithm.

A connected undirected graph lists the players that may exchange information. At tick kkk, a uniform random player IkI^kIk wakes and contacts a neighbour JkJ^kJk with probability pIkJk>0p_{I^kJ^k}>0pIkJk​>0. These draws are independent across ticks. Only the contacted pair average their current estimates vikv_i^kvik​ to obtain v^ik\hat v_i^kv^ik​, then project a step using Fi(xik,Nv^ik)F_i(x_i^k,N\hat v_i^k)Fi​(xik​,Nv^ik​) onto KiK_iKi​. All agents update their estimate by vik+1=v^ik+xik+1−xikv_i^{k+1}=\hat v_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-x_i^kvik+1​=v^ik​+xik+1​−xik​; for agents outside the pair this leaves both state variables unchanged. The mean estimate is yk=N−1∑iviky^k=N^{-1}\sum_i v_i^kyk=N−1∑i​vik​. Lemma 2 identifies it with the mean decision. The update probability of player iii is pi=N−1(1+∑jpji)p_i=N^{-1}(1+\sum_jp_{ji})pi​=N−1(1+∑j​pji​). These definitions and the discrete gossip algorithm are given in §4.1 of the source.

Formalization targets

Constant-step error bound

Suppose ϕ\phiϕ is strongly monotone with modulus μ>0\mu>0μ>0, every player uses the same positive step α\alphaα, and all update probabilities equal ppp. Let CCC bound the gradient evaluations as in Lemma 3. Let λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) be a mean-square contraction constant for the gossip matrix D(k)=W(k)−N−111⊤D(k)=W(k)-N^{-1}\mathbf1\mathbf1^\topD(k)=W(k)−N−111⊤, as in (30). If Lˉi\bar L_iLˉi​ are the aggregate Lipschitz constants of Assumption 3 and MMM bounds the diameter of each KiK_iKi​, put B=(max⁡iLˉi)NMB=(\max_i\bar L_i)NMB=(maxi​Lˉi​)NM. Under the inherited assumptions of Proposition 4 and 0<α<1/(2μp)0<\alpha<1/(2\mu p)0<α<1/(2μp), the goal is existence and uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗ together with the last display on PDF page 29:

lim sup⁡k→∞E∥xk−x∗∥2≤αμ(2C2N+BC2nN1−λ).\limsup_{k\to\infty}\mathbb E\|x^k-x^*\|^2 \le \frac{\alpha}{\mu}\left(2C^2N+\frac{BC\sqrt{2nN}}{1-\sqrt\lambda}\right).k→∞limsup​E∥xk−x∗∥2≤μα​(2C2N+1−λ​BC2nN​​).

The milestones separately assert the unique VI solution, the aggregate identity, the bounded gradient evaluations, the contraction estimates (30)–(31), the one-step disagreement relation (44), Lemma 11's limiting disagreement bounds, and the equal-case recursion (55). Together they expose the quantities appearing in the target without weakening its constant or its dependence on nnn and NNN.

Significance

The bound separates the effects of the step, game regularity, number of agents, decision dimension, and communication quality. In particular, for fixed other parameters the right-hand side scales linearly in α\alphaα and worsens as λ\lambdaλ approaches one. It is a quantitative guarantee for a decentralized procedure that sees neighbour messages instead of the exact aggregate. The VI existence and uniqueness target also identifies the equilibrium to which the error is measured. The paper proves the special case in its concluding bound on page 29, subject to the domain correction described below; it is not an unresolved research conjecture.

Formalizing the result produces a reusable interface for graph gossip matrices, random pair draws, relational Euclidean projection, and nonnegative expected disagreement. The intermediate contraction and tracking statements can support other constant-step distributed optimization arguments. The theorem declarations in this proposal are open Lean proof obligations; a successful local build checks their types and definitions, not the mathematical claims. Contributions that establish these obligations, sharpen a bound under the same model, or isolate reusable probability and projection results are in scope.

Difficulty

The estimates vikv_i^kvik​ are coupled to both random pair averaging and the agents' decision changes, so graph connectivity alone does not state a numerical disagreement bound. The proof has to respect the actual distribution of waking and contacted agents when moving from a one-player inequality to an expected profile error. The printed general version illustrates the risk: Assumption 8 controls changes in xix_ixi​ at a fixed aggregate and therefore cannot justify (53), where the aggregate changes; (54) also replaces coefficients on signed terms by their minimum. The final equal-step, equal-probability case removes these two obstacles, but still requires the exact constants in Lemma 11 and the error recursion.

Formalization scope

Players are indexed by Fin N, decisions use EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and a profile's squared Euclidean norm is the sum of squared block norms. Coordinate vectors across players also use a Euclidean norm; the ordinary Lean norm on Fin N → ℝ would be a supremum norm. The run starts from a deterministic feasible profile. This fixes the initial state before the independent discrete gossip draws, representing the source's Poisson-clock protocol at its tick times. A projection is a nearest-point relation on a nonempty compact convex set, with no arbitrary value on an empty set. Positive contact probabilities on all graph edges keep the connected graph active.

Assumption 1 is expressed through nonempty compact convex KiK_iKi​ and continuity of FiF_iFi​ on Ki×KˉK_i\times\bar KKi​×Kˉ, the part of the payoff regularity used by the algorithm. Assumption 3 is stated for every aggregate argument in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, a disclosed strengthening of its printed domain Kˉ\bar KKˉ: Nv^ikN\hat v_i^kNv^ik​ can leave Kˉ\bar KKˉ, as the paper's footnote on page 10 acknowledges. Assumption 8 remains a hypothesis inherited from Proposition 4 even though its term vanishes for equal steps. The constants CCC, λ\lambdaλ, and MMM carry their defining bounds as hypotheses; the conclusion does not assume Lemma 11 or (55). Expected nonnegative quantities use extended-real lintegrals and an extended-real limit superior, preventing a failed Bochner integral from silently becoming zero. The formalization asserts existence of a VI solution, so an empty solution set cannot trivialize the goal.

Selected references

  • J. Koshal, A. Nedić, and U. V. Shanbhag, Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs, Operations Research 64(3):680–704, 2016. arXiv:1605.00267v2; DOI:10.1287/opre.2016.1501.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algebraic GeometryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions and Finite Convergence of Lasserre's Hierarchy II: Off a Proper Zariski-Closed Set of Input Data, the Classical Optimality Conditions Hold at Every Local MinimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Lasserre's hierarchy is a sequence of semidefinite relaxations for minimizing a polynomial over a set defined by polynomial equations and inequalities (Lasserre 2001). Under the archimedean condition its optimal values converge to the true minimum, but only asymptotically in general; in practice the hierarchy is often exact at a small relaxation order. J. Nie's paper (arXiv:1206.0319v2, Math. Program. 146 (2014)) explains this gap in two steps. Its Theorem 1.1 shows that finite convergence follows when the classical optimality conditions of nonlinear programming hold at every global minimizer. Its Theorem 1.2, the subject of this mission, shows that those optimality conditions hold at every local minimizer for all input data outside the zero set of finitely many polynomials in the coefficients. Together the two results give finite convergence of Lasserre's hierarchy for generic archimedean problems.

The genericity statement is also of independent interest in nonlinear programming: it says that degenerate local minimizers (failing constraint qualification, strict complementarity or second order sufficiency) are an algebraically exceptional phenomenon for polynomial data of fixed degrees.

Setting

Fix nnn variables x=(x1,…,xn)x=(x_1,\dots,x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​) and write R[x]d\mathbb R[x]_dR[x]d​ for the real polynomials of degree at most ddd. Problem (1.1) is

min⁡f(x)s.t.hi(x)=0 (i∈[m1]),gj(x)≥0 (j∈[m2]),\min f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad h_i(x)=0\ (i\in[m_1]),\qquad g_j(x)\ge 0\ (j\in[m_2]),minf(x)s.t.hi​(x)=0 (i∈[m1​]),gj​(x)≥0 (j∈[m2​]),

with feasible set KKK. For u∈Ku\in Ku∈K the active set is J(u)={j:gj(u)=0}J(u)=\{j: g_j(u)=0\}J(u)={j:gj​(u)=0}. At uuu:

  • the constraint qualification condition (CQC) holds if ∇h1(u),…,∇hm1(u),∇gj(u)\nabla h_1(u),\dots,\nabla h_{m_1}(u),\nabla g_j(u)∇h1​(u),…,∇hm1​​(u),∇gj​(u) (j∈J(u)j\in J(u)j∈J(u)) are linearly independent;
  • Lagrange multipliers λ,μ\lambda,\muλ,μ satisfy (1.3) ∇f(u)=∑iλi∇hi(u)+∑jμj∇gj(u)\nabla f(u)=\sum_i\lambda_i\nabla h_i(u)+\sum_j\mu_j\nabla g_j(u)∇f(u)=∑i​λi​∇hi​(u)+∑j​μj​∇gj​(u) and (1.4) μjgj(u)=0\mu_jg_j(u)=0μj​gj​(u)=0, μj≥0\mu_j\ge0μj​≥0;
  • strict complementarity (1.5) is μj+gj(u)>0\mu_j+g_j(u)>0μj​+gj​(u)>0 for all jjj;
  • with L=f−∑iλihi−∑j∈J(u)μjgjL=f-\sum_i\lambda_ih_i-\sum_{j\in J(u)}\mu_jg_jL=f−∑i​λi​hi​−∑j∈J(u)​μj​gj​, the second order sufficiency condition (1.7) is vT∇2L(u)v>0v^T\nabla^2L(u)v>0vT∇2L(u)v>0 for every v≠0v\neq0v=0 orthogonal to all active constraint gradients.

The input data are the coefficient vectors of (f,h,g)∈R[x]d0×∏iR[x]di×∏jR[x]dj′(f,h,g)\in\mathbb R[x]_{d_0}\times\prod_i\mathbb R[x]_{d_i}\times\prod_j\mathbb R[x]_{d'_j}(f,h,g)∈R[x]d0​​×∏i​R[x]di​​×∏j​R[x]dj′​​; a polynomial in the coefficients is a real polynomial evaluated at that vector. The paper's Condition 4.3 lists four families of such polynomials: resultants Res\mathrm{Res}Res and discriminants Δ\DeltaΔ (§2.4) of subsets of the constraints, and the polynomials R\mathscr RR of (4.6) and D\mathscr DD of (4.11), which detect a complex projective solution of the homogenised critical-point systems (4.5) and (4.10). Homogenisation is p~(x~)=x0dp(x/x0)\tilde p(\tilde x)=x_0^{d}p(x/x_0)p~​(x~)=x0d​p(x/x0​) at the nominal degree ddd, with x~=(x0,…,xn)\tilde x=(x_0,\dots,x_n)x~=(x0​,…,xn​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2

For positive degrees d0,di,dj′d_0,d_i,d'_jd0​,di​,dj′​ there are polynomials ϕ1,…,ϕL\phi_1,\dots,\phi_Lϕ1​,…,ϕL​ in the coefficients such that

∃ (f,h,g) admissible with ∏lϕl≠0,and∏lϕl(f,h,g)≠0 ⟹ CQC, (1.5), (1.7) at every local minimizer of (1.1).\exists\,(f,h,g)\text{ admissible with }\textstyle\prod_l\phi_l\neq0,\qquad\text{and}\qquad \prod_l\phi_l(f,h,g)\neq0\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{CQC, (1.5), (1.7) at every local minimizer of (1.1).}∃(f,h,g) admissible with ∏l​ϕl​=0,and∏l​ϕl​(f,h,g)=0 ⟹ CQC, (1.5), (1.7) at every local minimizer of (1.1).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.1: there is R\mathscr RR with R(p0,…,pk;q)=0\mathscr R(p_0,\dots,p_k;q)=0R(p0​,…,pk​;q)=0 iff (4.5) has a solution 0≠x~∈Cn+10\neq\tilde x\in\mathbb C^{n+1}0=x~∈Cn+1; and R≠0\mathscr R\neq0R=0 excludes solutions of (4.4) in Cn\mathbb C^nCn.
  2. Proposition 4.2: there is D\mathscr DD with D(p0,…,pk)=0\mathscr D(p_0,\dots,p_k)=0D(p0​,…,pk​)=0 iff (4.10) has a solution with x~≠0\tilde x\neq0x~=0, y≠0y\neq0y=0; and D≠0\mathscr D\neq0D=0 makes the KKT system (4.2) nonsingular.
  3. Proposition 4.4: at u∈Ku\in Ku∈K with multipliers satisfying (1.3) and μjgj(u)=0\mu_jg_j(u)=0μj​gj​(u)=0, items (a)–(d) of Condition 4.3 give at most n−m1n-m_1n−m1​ active constraints, CQC, λi≠0\lambda_i\neq0λi​=0 and μj≠0\mu_j\neq0μj​=0 on J(u)J(u)J(u), and det⁡H(u)≠0\det H(u)\neq0detH(u)=0 for H(u)=[∇2L(u)G(u)TG(u)0]H(u)=\left[\begin{smallmatrix}\nabla^2L(u)&G(u)^T\\G(u)&0\end{smallmatrix}\right]H(u)=[∇2L(u)G(u)​G(u)T0​].
  4. Lemma 4.6: at a local minimizer where G(u)G(u)G(u) has full rank, (1.7) holds iff det⁡H(u)≠0\det H(u)\neq0detH(u)=0.
  5. Proposition 4.5: Condition 4.3 implies CQC, strict complementarity and SOSC at every local minimizer.
  6. Appendix A: R\mathscr RR and D\mathscr DD do not vanish identically on the input space of given positive degrees.

Significance

The theorem gives the second half of the paper's explanation of finite convergence: combined with Theorem 1.1, Lasserre's hierarchy converges in finitely many steps for all archimedean problems with input outside a proper algebraic subset. Section 5 of the paper derives further consequences, for instance that Marshall's boundary Hessian condition holds on a Zariski open set of data, and that Putinar-type certificates exist generically on the boundary of the cone of nonnegative polynomials. Beyond polynomial optimization, the statement is a precise algebraic form of the folklore that "generic nonlinear programs are nondegenerate".

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. A formalization fixes the exact quantifier structure (the printed statement is vacuous without a nonvanishing clause, and two items of Proposition 4.4 need an extra hypothesis), and builds reusable infrastructure: projective elimination over C\mathbb CC, homogenisation at a nominal degree, and the bordered-Hessian characterization of second order sufficiency.

Difficulty

The local part (Proposition 4.4, Lemma 4.6, Proposition 4.5) is linear algebra plus first and second order necessary conditions. The global part is not. Proposition 4.1 and 4.2 need the main theorem of elimination theory: the set of coefficient vectors for which a homogeneous (or bihomogeneous) system has a nonzero complex solution is Zariski closed, defined by polynomials in the coefficients. Mathlib has the univariate resultant only. Appendix A, which shows these polynomials do not vanish identically, has to control the homogenised systems both at finite points and at points at infinity (x0=0x_0=0x0​=0), where only the leading forms of the data are seen. Reasoning over R\mathbb RR alone does not suffice: the set of data whose real system is solvable is not the zero set of a polynomial.

Formalization scope

Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ, points are Fin n → ℝ, and gradients and Hessians are formal partial derivatives. Homogenised polynomials have complex coefficients in n + 1 variables, variable 0 being x0x_0x0​, and homogenisation uses the nominal degree ddd, not the actual degree. CQC is linear independence of an indexed family (repeated gradients count twice). The optimality conditions are bundled: CQC together with one multiplier pair satisfying (1.3), (1.4), (1.5) and (1.7); under CQC the multipliers are unique.

Condition 4.3 is encoded through the defining properties of Res, Δ, R\mathscr RR and D\mathscr DD (unsolvability of the corresponding complex projective systems) rather than through the polynomials themselves; since the goal is existential in the polynomials, this is not a weakening. Coefficient variables exist for monomials of every degree, so the goal's nonvanishing clause is asserted at an admissible input: a formal polynomial that is nonzero but vanishes on all admissible data (such as the variable of a monomial of degree d0+1d_0+1d0​+1) does not satisfy it. Without that clause the printed theorem would be satisfied by ϕ1=0\phi_1=0ϕ1​=0.

Hypotheses added to the page, each disclosed in the statements: m1≤nm_1\le nm1​≤n in Propositions 4.4 and 4.5 (Condition 4.3's standing assumption; Theorem 1.2 is stated for all m1m_1m1​, as printed), the nonvanishing clause in Theorem 1.2, and item (a) of Condition 4.3 in Proposition 4.4 ii)–iv) (with item (b) alone, n=1n=1n=1, g1=x+x2g_1=x+x^2g1​=x+x2, g2=−x+x2g_2=-x+x^2g2​=−x+x2, u=0u=0u=0 violates CQC). Proposition 4.2's nonsingularity is asserted at all complex critical pairs.

A complete development needs projective elimination theory over C\mathbb CC (reusable well beyond this mission), multivariate resultants and discriminants as polynomial functions of coefficients, Euler's identity for forms, and genericity facts about critical points of polynomial programs. Contributions to any of these, and direct proofs of the local milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Nie, Optimality conditions and finite convergence of Lasserre's hierarchy, Math. Program. 146 (2014); preprint arXiv:1206.0319v2, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.0319v2, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0680-x
  • J.B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11(3) (2001) 796–817. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
  • R. Hartshorne, Algebraic Geometry, GTM 52, Springer, 1977 (Theorem I.5.7A, elimination). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3849-0
  • I. Gelfand, M. Kapranov, A. Zelevinsky, Discriminants, Resultants, and Multidimensional Determinants, Birkhäuser, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-8176-4771-1
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions and Finite Convergence of Lasserre's Hierarchy I: Under Archimedeanness, the Classical Optimality Conditions at Every Global Minimizer Imply Finite ConvergenceResearch Paper

Motivation

Polynomial optimization asks for the global minimum of a polynomial fff over a set K⊆RnK \subseteq \mathbb R^nK⊆Rn cut out by polynomial equations and inequalities. It contains nonconvex quadratic programming, max-cut, and many problems from control and engineering. Lasserre's hierarchy (Lasserre 2001) replaces this problem by a sequence of semidefinite programs whose optimal values fkf_kfk​ increase towards the true minimum fmin⁡f_{\min}fmin​. Under the archimedean condition, Putinar's Positivstellensatz (Putinar 1993) gives asymptotic convergence fk→fmin⁡f_k \to f_{\min}fk​→fmin​.

In computations the hierarchy usually reaches fmin⁡f_{\min}fmin​ exactly at a small order (Henrion and Lasserre), while the theory guaranteed only the limit. Known failures of finite convergence were special constructions, for example the Motzkin polynomial on the unit ball. Nie (2014) resolves this gap: finite convergence holds whenever the classical optimality conditions of nonlinear programming hold at every global minimizer.

Timeline. Lasserre (2001) introduces the hierarchy and proves fk→fmin⁡f_k \to f_{\min}fk​→fmin​ under archimedeanness. Laurent (2007) and Nie (2013) prove finite convergence when h=0h = 0h=0 has finitely many complex, respectively real, solutions. Marshall (2006, 2009) introduces the boundary hessian condition and proves that it yields a representation of f−fmin⁡f - f_{\min}f−fmin​ in the quadratic module. Nie (arXiv 2012, Math. Program. 2014) shows that the classical optimality conditions imply the boundary hessian condition, and derives finite convergence.

Setting

Fix polynomials f,h1,…,hm1,g1,…,gm2∈R[x]f, h_1, \dots, h_{m_1}, g_1, \dots, g_{m_2} \in \mathbb R[x]f,h1​,…,hm1​​,g1​,…,gm2​​∈R[x], x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn, and the problem

min⁡f(x)s.t.hi(x)=0 (i∈[m1]),gj(x)≥0 (j∈[m2]),\min f(x) \quad \text{s.t.} \quad h_i(x) = 0 \ (i \in [m_1]),\quad g_j(x) \ge 0 \ (j \in [m_2]),minf(x)s.t.hi​(x)=0 (i∈[m1​]),gj​(x)≥0 (j∈[m2​]),

with feasible set KKK and minimum value fmin⁡f_{\min}fmin​. Put g0:=1g_0 := 1g0​:=1. A polynomial is SOS if it is a sum of squares of polynomials. For k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N the truncated ideal and the truncated quadratic module are

⟨h⟩2k={∑iϕihi:deg⁡(ϕihi)≤2k},Qk(g)={∑j=0m2σjgj:σj SOS, deg⁡(σjgj)≤2k},\langle h\rangle_{2k} = \Big\{\sum_{i} \phi_i h_i : \deg(\phi_i h_i) \le 2k\Big\}, \qquad Q_k(g) = \Big\{\sum_{j=0}^{m_2} \sigma_j g_j : \sigma_j \text{ SOS},\ \deg(\sigma_j g_j) \le 2k\Big\},⟨h⟩2k​={i∑​ϕi​hi​:deg(ϕi​hi​)≤2k},Qk​(g)={j=0∑m2​​σj​gj​:σj​ SOS, deg(σj​gj​)≤2k},

and Q(g)=⋃kQk(g)Q(g) = \bigcup_k Q_k(g)Q(g)=⋃k​Qk​(g). The order-kkk relaxation is max⁡γ\max \gammamaxγ s.t. f−γ∈⟨h⟩2k+Qk(g)f - \gamma \in \langle h\rangle_{2k} + Q_k(g)f−γ∈⟨h⟩2k​+Qk​(g), with optimal value fkf_kfk​. The archimedean condition asks that R−∑ixi2∈⟨h⟩2t+Qt(g)R - \sum_i x_i^2 \in \langle h\rangle_{2t} + Q_t(g)R−∑i​xi2​∈⟨h⟩2t​+Qt​(g) for some ttt and some R>0R > 0R>0. The hierarchy has finite convergence if fk=fmin⁡f_k = f_{\min}fk​=fmin​ for some kkk.

At a point uuu with active set J(u)={j:gj(u)=0}J(u) = \{j : g_j(u) = 0\}J(u)={j:gj​(u)=0}:

  • the constraint qualification (CQC) asks that ∇hi(u)\nabla h_i(u)∇hi​(u) (i∈[m1]i \in [m_1]i∈[m1​]) and ∇gj(u)\nabla g_j(u)∇gj​(u) (j∈J(u)j \in J(u)j∈J(u)) be linearly independent;
  • multipliers λ,μ\lambda, \muλ,μ satisfy (1.3)–(1.4) if ∇f(u)=∑iλi∇hi(u)+∑jμj∇gj(u)\nabla f(u) = \sum_i \lambda_i \nabla h_i(u) + \sum_j \mu_j \nabla g_j(u)∇f(u)=∑i​λi​∇hi​(u)+∑j​μj​∇gj​(u), μjgj(u)=0\mu_j g_j(u) = 0μj​gj​(u)=0 and μj≥0\mu_j \ge 0μj​≥0;
  • strict complementarity (SCC) asks μj+gj(u)>0\mu_j + g_j(u) > 0μj​+gj​(u)>0 for all jjj;
  • second order sufficiency (SOSC) asks vT∇x2L(u)v>0v^T \nabla^2_x L(u) v > 0vT∇x2​L(u)v>0 for all nonzero vvv orthogonal to every ∇hi(u)\nabla h_i(u)∇hi​(u) and every active ∇gj(u)\nabla g_j(u)∇gj​(u), where L=f−∑iλihi−∑j∈J(u)μjgjL = f - \sum_i \lambda_i h_i - \sum_{j \in J(u)} \mu_j g_jL=f−∑i​λi​hi​−∑j∈J(u)​μj​gj​.

The boundary hessian condition (BHC) at uuu asks for local parameters t1,…,tℓt_1, \dots, t_\ellt1​,…,tℓ​ of the variety VR(h)V_{\mathbb R}(h)VR​(h) near uuu such that tj=gνjt_j = g_{\nu_j}tj​=gνj​​ for j≤rj \le rj≤r and KKK is locally {t1,…,tr≥0}\{t_1, \dots, t_r \ge 0\}{t1​,…,tr​≥0}. In these parameters the linear part of fff must be a1t1+⋯+artra_1 t_1 + \dots + a_r t_ra1​t1​+⋯+ar​tr​ with all aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0, and its quadratic part on t1=⋯=tr=0t_1 = \dots = t_r = 0t1​=⋯=tr​=0 must be positive definite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

If the archimedean condition holds and CQC, SCC and SOSC hold at every global minimizer of the problem, then

∃ k∈N:fk=fmin⁡.\exists\, k \in \mathbb N : \quad f_k = f_{\min}.∃k∈N:fk​=fmin​.

The goal fixes no order kkk and no rate; it asserts exactly the paper's finite convergence.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.1: at a local minimizer, CQC + SCC + SOSC imply BHC.
  2. Theorem 2.4 (Marshall): archimedean and BHC at every global minimizer imply f−fmin⁡∈I(VR(h))+Q(g)f - f_{\min} \in I(V_{\mathbb R}(h)) + Q(g)f−fmin​∈I(VR​(h))+Q(g).
  3. Real Nullstellensatz: p≡0p \equiv 0p≡0 on VR(h)V_{\mathbb R}(h)VR​(h) implies p2e+σ2∈⟨h⟩p^{2e} + \sigma_2 \in \langle h\ranglep2e+σ2​∈⟨h⟩ for some SOS σ2\sigma_2σ2​.
  4. 1+t+ct2e1 + t + c t^{2e}1+t+ct2e is SOS for some c>0c > 0c>0 (e≥1e \ge 1e≥1).
  5. The ε\varepsilonε-argument: a representation f−fmin⁡∈I(VR(h))+Q(g)f - f_{\min} \in I(V_{\mathbb R}(h)) + Q(g)f−fmin​∈I(VR​(h))+Q(g) makes γ=fmin⁡−ε\gamma = f_{\min} - \varepsilonγ=fmin​−ε feasible at one order k0k_0k0​ for all ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.
  6. fk≤fmin⁡f_k \le f_{\min}fk​≤fmin​ for all kkk and {fk}\{f_k\}{fk​} is nondecreasing.
  7. Companion, Proposition 3.4: if every relaxation attains its value and the first order condition fails at a global minimizer, there is no finite convergence.

Significance

The theorem turns an algebraic question (does a degree-bounded certificate of f−fmin⁡+εf - f_{\min} + \varepsilonf−fmin​+ε exist uniformly in ε\varepsilonε?) into conditions checkable by linear algebra at the minimizers. Combined with the paper's second main result, that these conditions hold off a proper Zariski-closed set of input data, it shows that finite convergence of Lasserre's hierarchy is generic under archimedeanness. This is the theoretical explanation for the finite convergence observed in practice, and it underlies later work on flat truncation and the detection of optimality in moment relaxations.

Formalizing it produces the first machine-checked statements of Lasserre's hierarchy, truncated quadratic modules and the boundary hessian condition on the platform. The paper's own argument (Theorem 3.1 and the ε\varepsilonε-argument) is short. Two cited results it rests on, Marshall's Theorem 9.5.3 and the Real Nullstellensatz, are proved in the literature but, as far as is known, have no formal proof in Mathlib or elsewhere. The result itself is proved (Nie 2014); none of it is formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious route is Putinar's Positivstellensatz applied to f−fmin⁡+εf - f_{\min} + \varepsilonf−fmin​+ε. It gives a certificate for each ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, but its degree grows as ε→0\varepsilon \to 0ε→0, so it yields only fk→fmin⁡f_k \to f_{\min}fk​→fmin​. Finite convergence needs a certificate whose degree is bounded uniformly in ε\varepsilonε, which is a statement about f−fmin⁡f - f_{\min}f−fmin​ itself, a polynomial that vanishes on KKK and is therefore not strictly positive. Putinar's theorem says nothing there. Marshall's theorem supplies the missing representation under the boundary hessian condition, and its proof uses local real-analytic geometry at the zeros of f−fmin⁡f - f_{\min}f−fmin​, together with real algebra of quadratic modules.

Theorem 3.1 asks for a smooth local parametrization of VR(h)V_{\mathbb R}(h)VR​(h) whose first coordinates are prescribed constraint functions, and for control of the Taylor coefficients of fff in those parameters; Mathlib has the analytic ingredients but no such constructions for real varieties. The Real Nullstellensatz depends on the theory of real fields and real ideals. Neither cited result is available in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ, points are Fin n → ℝ, and the paper's indices 1,…,m1, \dots, m1,…,m are Fin m; m1=0m_1 = 0m1​=0 or m2=0m_2 = 0m2​=0 is allowed. Gradients and Hessians come from formal partial derivatives. SOS is Mathlib's IsSumSq. fkf_kfk​ is a supremum in EReal (it is −∞-\infty−∞ when the relaxation is infeasible). fmin⁡f_{\min}fmin​ is a real number that is the least value of fff on KKK, which excludes only K=∅K = \emptysetK=∅. The archimedean condition is the truncated form of p. 2, equivalent to §2.2's. I(V)I(V)I(V) is Mathlib's vanishingIdeal. The multipliers of SCC and SOSC are the ones that satisfy (1.3)–(1.4). The boundary hessian condition is encoded with a C∞C^\inftyC∞ parametrization Ψ\PsiΨ of VR(h)V_{\mathbb R}(h)VR​(h) near uuu that is an immersion and a homeomorphism onto its image, together with nonsingularity of uuu in the real-algebraic sense (n−ℓn - \elln−ℓ polynomials vanishing on VR(h)V_{\mathbb R}(h)VR​(h) with independent gradients at uuu); Marshall's analytic parameters give the same condition, because both requirements are invariant under a change of parameters that fixes t1,…,trt_1, \dots, t_rt1​,…,tr​.

Several encodings would make the statements trivial or false, and the formalization excludes them. Degree bounds are per term, on each ϕihi\phi_i h_iϕi​hi​ and each σjgj\sigma_j g_jσj​gj​ (including σ0\sigma_0σ0​), never on the sum. fkf_kfk​ is never a real sSup, which would be 000 on an infeasible relaxation. CQC is linear independence of an indexed family, not of a set, so repeated gradients are dependent. The boundary hessian condition is not defined through the chart of the proof of Theorem 3.1. Finite convergence is fk=fmin⁡f_k = f_{\min}fk​=fmin​, not f−fmin⁡∈⟨h⟩2k+Qk(g)f - f_{\min} \in \langle h\rangle_{2k} + Q_k(g)f−fmin​∈⟨h⟩2k​+Qk​(g).

A complete development needs: truncated quadratic modules and their monotonicity; univariate SOS criteria; the Real Nullstellensatz; Marshall's representation theorem; and local parametrizations of real varieties at nonsingular points (Theorem 3.1). The definitions of the hierarchy and of the optimality conditions are reusable for any work on moment-SOS relaxations. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the cited results under weaker hypotheses.

Selected references

  • J. Nie, Optimality conditions and finite convergence of Lasserre's hierarchy, Math. Program. 146 (2014) 97–121; preprint arXiv:1206.0319v2 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.0319
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001) 796–817. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
  • M. Putinar, Positive polynomials on compact semi-algebraic sets, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 42 (1993) 969–984. https://doi.org/10.1512/iumj.1993.42.42045
  • M. Marshall, Positive Polynomials and Sums of Squares, Mathematical Surveys and Monographs 146, AMS, 2008 (Theorem 9.5.3). https://doi.org/10.1090/surv/146
  • M. Marshall, Representations of non-negative polynomials, degree bounds and applications to optimization, Canad. J. Math. 61 (2009) 205–221. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-2009-010-4
  • J. Bochnak, M. Coste, M.-F. Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Springer, 1998 (Corollary 4.1.8). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-03718-8
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On Nonconvex Optimization for Machine Learning: Gradients, Stochasticity, and Saddle Points 1: Perturbed SGD Makes Half Its Iterates ε-Second-Order Stationary within Õ(ℓΔ_f·𝔑/ε²) IterationsResearch Paper

Why saddle points matter for stochastic gradient methods

Most training objectives in machine learning are smooth and nonconvex, and they are minimized by stochastic gradient descent (SGD) and its variants. For nonconvex fff the classical guarantee is convergence to an ϵ\epsilonϵ-first-order stationary point, ∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\epsilon∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ: Ghadimi and Lan (arXiv:1309.5549) showed that SGD reaches one in O~(ϵ−4)\tilde O(\epsilon^{-4})O~(ϵ−4) stochastic gradient queries, independently of the dimension. A first-order stationary point may be a saddle point, however, and for many problems (matrix sensing and completion, phase retrieval, tensor decomposition, dictionary learning) every second-order stationary point is a global minimum. For these problems, a guarantee for second-order stationary points is a guarantee of global optimality.

Timeline:

  • 2015. Ge, Huang, Jin and Yuan (arXiv:1503.02101) proved that noisy SGD escapes strict saddle points in polynomial time, with a large polynomial dependence on ddd and 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ.
  • 2017. Jin, Ge, Netrapalli, Kakade and Jordan (arXiv:1703.00887) showed that gradient descent with occasional perturbations finds an ϵ\epsilonϵ-second-order stationary point in O~(ℓΔf/ϵ2)\tilde O(\ell\Delta_f/\epsilon^2)O~(ℓΔf​/ϵ2) iterations, only polylogarithmically worse than plain gradient descent for first-order points.
  • 2019. The paper of this mission, Jin, Netrapalli, Ge, Kakade and Jordan (arXiv:1902.04811; J. ACM 68(2), 2021), extends this to the stochastic setting with norm-subGaussian gradient noise: perturbed SGD needs O~(ϵ−4)\tilde O(\epsilon^{-4})O~(ϵ−4) queries when the stochastic gradients are Lipschitz and O~(dϵ−4)\tilde O(d\epsilon^{-4})O~(dϵ−4) in general.

Setting

Let f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R be bounded below with f⋆=inf⁡ff^\star=\inf ff⋆=inff, and write Δf=f(x0)−f⋆\Delta_f=f(x_0)-f^\starΔf​=f(x0​)−f⋆. Assumption A: fff is ℓ\ellℓ-gradient Lipschitz, ∥∇f(x1)−∇f(x2)∥≤ℓ∥x1−x2∥\|\nabla f(x_1)-\nabla f(x_2)\|\le\ell\|x_1-x_2\|∥∇f(x1​)−∇f(x2​)∥≤ℓ∥x1​−x2​∥, and ρ\rhoρ-Hessian Lipschitz, ∥∇2f(x1)−∇2f(x2)∥≤ρ∥x1−x2∥\|\nabla^2 f(x_1)-\nabla^2 f(x_2)\|\le\rho\|x_1-x_2\|∥∇2f(x1​)−∇2f(x2​)∥≤ρ∥x1​−x2​∥ in operator norm. A point xxx is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-second-order stationary point if

∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵandλmin⁡(∇2f(x))≥−ρϵ.\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\epsilon\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lambda_{\min}(\nabla^2 f(x))\ge-\sqrt{\rho\epsilon}.∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵandλmin​(∇2f(x))≥−ρϵ​.

The algorithm sees only a stochastic gradient g(x;θ)g(x;\theta)g(x;θ) with θ∼D\theta\sim\mathcal Dθ∼D. Assumption B asks that E g(x;θ)=∇f(x)\mathbb E\,g(x;\theta)=\nabla f(x)Eg(x;θ)=∇f(x) and that the error is norm-subGaussian: P(∥g(x;θ)−∇f(x)∥≥t)≤2e−t2/(2σ2)\mathbb P(\|g(x;\theta)-\nabla f(x)\|\ge t)\le2e^{-t^2/(2\sigma^2)}P(∥g(x;θ)−∇f(x)∥≥t)≤2e−t2/(2σ2) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The optional Assumption C asks that each g(⋅;θ)g(\cdot;\theta)g(⋅;θ) is ℓ~\tilde\ellℓ~-Lipschitz. The two cases combine into

N=1+min⁡{σ2ϵ2+ℓ~2ℓρϵ, σ2dϵ2},\mathfrak N=1+\min\Big\{\frac{\sigma^2}{\epsilon^2}+\frac{\tilde\ell^2}{\ell\sqrt{\rho\epsilon}},\ \frac{\sigma^2d}{\epsilon^2}\Big\},N=1+min{ϵ2σ2​+ℓρϵ​ℓ~2​, ϵ2σ2d​},

with ℓ~=+∞\tilde\ell=+\inftyℓ~=+∞ when Assumption C is not used.

Perturbed SGD (PSGD, Algorithm 2) draws θt∼D\theta_t\sim\mathcal Dθt​∼D and an independent Gaussian ξt∼N(0,(r2/d)I)\xi_t\sim\mathcal N(0,(r^2/d)I)ξt​∼N(0,(r2/d)I) at every step and updates

xt+1=xt−η(g(xt;θt)+ξt).x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta\big(g(x_t;\theta_t)+\xi_t\big).xt+1​=xt​−η(g(xt​;θt​)+ξt​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 16

For a log factor ι\iotaι, the proof uses the parameters of Eq. (8): η=1/(ι9ℓN)\eta=1/(\iota^9\ell\mathfrak N)η=1/(ι9ℓN), r=ιϵNr=\iota\epsilon\sqrt{\mathfrak N}r=ιϵN​, T=⌈ι/(ηρϵ)⌉\mathscr T=\lceil\iota/(\eta\sqrt{\rho\epsilon})\rceilT=⌈ι/(ηρϵ​)⌉, F=ι−5ϵ3/ρ\mathscr F=\iota^{-5}\sqrt{\epsilon^3/\rho}F=ι−5ϵ3/ρ​, and runs for T=⌈100max⁡{ΔfT/F,Δf/(ηϵ2)}⌉=O~(ℓΔfN/ϵ2)T=\lceil100\max\{\Delta_f\mathscr T/\mathscr F,\Delta_f/(\eta\epsilon^2)\}\rceil=\tilde O(\ell\Delta_f\mathfrak N/\epsilon^2)T=⌈100max{Δf​T/F,Δf​/(ηϵ2)}⌉=O~(ℓΔf​N/ϵ2) iterations. The goal states that there is an absolute constant μ0\mu_0μ0​ such that, for ι≥μ0(1+log⁡Q)\iota\ge\mu_0(1+\log Q)ι≥μ0​(1+logQ) with Q=d Nmax⁡{1,ℓΔf/ϵ2}(ℓ/ρϵ)/δQ=d\,\mathfrak N\max\{1,\ell\Delta_f/\epsilon^2\}(\ell/\sqrt{\rho\epsilon})/\deltaQ=dNmax{1,ℓΔf​/ϵ2}(ℓ/ρϵ​)/δ,

P(#{t<T: xt is an ϵ-second-order stationary point}≥T/2)≥1−δ.\mathbb P\Big(\#\{t<T:\ x_t\ \text{is an }\epsilon\text{-second-order stationary point}\}\ge T/2\Big)\ge1-\delta.P(#{t<T: xt​ is an ϵ-second-order stationary point}≥T/2)≥1−δ.

Milestones

The proof's two engines, in the paper's order: the concentration inequalities for norm-subGaussian martingale differences (Lemmas 36–39), the descent lemma (Lemma 23), improve-or-localize (Lemma 24), the coupling analysis around a saddle point (Lemmas 27–31), escape from a saddle point (Lemma 25), and the two claims that bound the number of iterates with large gradient and the number near saddle points.

Significance

The theorem shows that adding isotropic Gaussian noise to SGD suffices to find second-order stationary points at essentially the cost SGD pays for first-order points: O~(ϵ−4)\tilde O(\epsilon^{-4})O~(ϵ−4) queries when Assumption C holds (matching Ghadimi–Lan up to logarithms) and O~(dϵ−4)\tilde O(d\epsilon^{-4})O~(dϵ−4) in general. Combined with landscape results such as "every second-order stationary point is a global minimum", it yields global convergence of a simple first-order stochastic method from arbitrary initialization for the problems listed above.

The result is proved on paper. As far as is known, none of it is machine-checked: neither the escape-from-saddle-point argument by coupling sequences nor the vector-valued concentration inequalities of Appendix C, whose proofs the paper defers to a separate technical note (arXiv:1902.03736). Formalizing them yields reusable norm-subGaussian martingale bounds in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, a checked version of the coupling technique that later saddle-escape analyses reuse, and a check of every constant hidden in the paper's O~(⋅)\tilde O(\cdot)O~(⋅).

Difficulty

The descent lemma alone cannot rule out that the iterates stall near a strict saddle point, where the gradient is small and the negative curvature is invisible to first-order information. The obvious argument, which says that the perturbation has a component along the negative eigendirection and that component grows, fails as stated: the stochastic gradient noise, the Hessian's variation along the trajectory, and the perturbation all interact over T\mathscr TT steps. Controlling these interactions needs concentration bounds for vector-valued martingales whose scale is itself random (Lemma 37), which have no counterpart in Mathlib. Bounding how often the iterates can return to saddle regions over the whole run is a separate difficulty, since the times at which the iterates are near a saddle point are random.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1; the Hessian is the derivative of the gradient map, and λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ is the Rayleigh-quotient infimum over the unit sphere. The randomness is the infinite product measure of the pairs (θt,ξt)(\theta_t,\xi_t)(θt​,ξt​), and the PSGD run is a deterministic function of it. Conventions committed to:

  • Explicit constants in place of O~(⋅)\tilde O(\cdot)O~(⋅). The paper writes η=Θ~(1/(ℓN))\eta=\tilde\Theta(1/(\ell\mathfrak N))η=Θ~(1/(ℓN)), r=Θ~(ϵN)r=\tilde\Theta(\epsilon\sqrt{\mathfrak N})r=Θ~(ϵN​) (Eq. (4)) and O~(ℓΔfN/ϵ2)\tilde O(\ell\Delta_f\mathfrak N/\epsilon^2)O~(ℓΔf​N/ϵ2); the statements use the proof's Eq. (8) and its TTT, with T\mathscr TT and TTT rounded up to integers. Every "absolute constant ccc" of a lemma is an existential quantified before the dimension, the oracle, the function and all parameters, so it cannot depend on them.
  • Calibration of ι\iotaι. The printed ι=μlog⁡(dℓΔfN/(ρϵδ))\iota=\mu\log(d\ell\Delta_f\mathfrak N/(\rho\epsilon\delta))ι=μlog(dℓΔf​N/(ρϵδ)) is not invariant under rescaling x↦λxx\mapsto\lambda xx↦λx and can be non-positive. The goal and the two claims assume ι≥μ0(1+log⁡Q)\iota\ge\mu_0(1+\log Q)ι≥μ0​(1+logQ) with the scale-invariant QQQ above.
  • Hypotheses made explicit. ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, ρϵ≤ℓ\sqrt{\rho\epsilon}\le\ellρϵ​≤ℓ (the paper's footnote 1, p. 14), σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, joint measurability of ggg, and integrability of the stochastic gradients. Assumption B and Condition 35 hold for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, since the printed "∀t∈R\forall t\in\mathbb R∀t∈R" cannot be satisfied.
  • Corrections. Lemma 29 requires ηγ>0\eta\gamma>0ηγ>0, Lemma 37 has failure probability 2d(log⁡(B/b)+1)e−ι2d(\log(B/b)+1)e^{-\iota}2d(log(B/b)+1)e−ι, and Lemma 25 is stated at t0=0t_0=0t0​=0 from a deterministic saddle point, the case the paper proves.

A formalization that keeps the printed "∀t∈R\forall t\in\mathbb R∀t∈R" in Assumption B, or allows σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 in the tail bound, makes every statement vacuous or trivial; both are excluded. Infrastructure needed: norm-subGaussian vectors and their martingale concentration (reusable well beyond this mission), Gaussian anti-concentration in one direction, and stopping-time arguments for the Markov chain of PSGD. Contributions to any milestone, and to the concentration layer in particular, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Jin, P. Netrapalli, R. Ge, S. M. Kakade, M. I. Jordan, On Nonconvex Optimization for Machine Learning: Gradients, Stochasticity, and Saddle Points, arXiv:1902.04811v2, 2019; J. ACM 68(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.04811
  • C. Jin, P. Netrapalli, R. Ge, S. M. Kakade, M. I. Jordan, A Short Note on Concentration Inequalities for Random Vectors with SubGaussian Norm, arXiv:1902.03736, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.03736
  • C. Jin, R. Ge, P. Netrapalli, S. M. Kakade, M. I. Jordan, How to Escape Saddle Points Efficiently, ICML 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.00887
  • R. Ge, F. Huang, C. Jin, Y. Yuan, Escaping From Saddle Points — Online Stochastic Gradient for Tensor Decomposition, COLT 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.02101
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5549
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustness May Be at Odds with Accuracy 2: The Unit-Norm Soft-Margin SVM Is >99% Accurate but <1% Robust at ε ≥ 2η, While Adversarial Training Gives Accuracy pResearch Paper

Motivation

Adversarial training asks a classifier to work even after an input has been changed within a prescribed perturbation budget. Tsipras, Santurkar, Engstrom, Turner, and Mądry studied why the classifier that performs best on ordinary inputs can behave very differently under these changes. Their explicit model separates one reliably predictive feature from many individually weak features. It lets the same distribution support a highly accurate ordinary classifier and a less accurate but robust classifier Tsipras et al., §2.1–2.2. This mission formalizes the paper's comparison for soft-margin support vector machines at the population level.

The model is relevant to anyone using a training objective as a proxy for performance under perturbations. Its conclusion concerns the optimizer of an expected loss, not the effect of a particular finite sample or optimization algorithm. That distinction makes the example a direct statement about the objectives being optimized.

Setting

A label yyy is drawn uniformly from {−1,+1}\{-1,+1\}{−1,+1}. An input xxx has d+1d+1d+1 real coordinates. Its first coordinate, x1x_1x1​, equals yyy with probability ppp and −y-y−y with probability 1−p1-p1−p, where p≥1/2p\ge1/2p≥1/2. Conditional on yyy, each of the remaining coordinates is an independent Gaussian variable with mean ηy\eta yηy and variance one, independently of x1x_1x1​. Thus x1x_1x1​ is a moderately reliable feature while the other coordinates can be weak predictors individually. These are exactly the ingredients of distribution DDD in equation (3) Tsipras et al., p. 4.

For a weight vector www, the linear classifier fwf_wfw​ assigns the sign of w⊤xw^\top xw⊤x. Its standard accuracy is the probability that fw(x)=yf_w(x)=yfw​(x)=y for a fresh pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) from DDD. Its robust accuracy at radius ε\varepsilonε is the probability that this equality holds for every perturbation δ\deltaδ with ∥δ∥∞≤ε\|\delta\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥δ∥∞​≤ε. Both accuracies average the two labels with probability 1/21/21/2 each.

The soft-margin SVM objective combines expected hinge loss and quadratic regularization:

Jλ(w)=ED ⁣[max⁡{0,1−yw⊤x}]+λ2∥w∥22.J_\lambda(w)=\mathbb E_D\!\left[\max\{0,1-yw^\top x\}\right] +\frac{\lambda}{2}\|w\|_2^2.Jλ​(w)=ED​[max{0,1−yw⊤x}]+2λ​∥w∥22​.

The distributional adversarial objective replaces the hinge loss for each observed pair by its maximum over the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ ball before taking the expectation:

Jε,λadv(w)=ED ⁣[max⁡∥δ∥∞≤εmax⁡{0,1−yw⊤(x+δ)}]+λ2∥w∥22.J^{\mathrm{adv}}_{\varepsilon,\lambda}(w)= \mathbb E_D\!\left[ \max_{\|\delta\|_\infty\le\varepsilon} \max\{0,1-yw^\top(x+\delta)\}\right] +\frac{\lambda}{2}\|w\|_2^2.Jε,λadv​(w)=ED​[∥δ∥∞​≤εmax​max{0,1−yw⊤(x+δ)}]+2λ​∥w∥22​.

This order follows equation (2), the distributional adversarial loss Tsipras et al., pp. 2, 16–18.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 2.2 Tsipras et al., p. 6. Under d≥1d\ge1d≥1, 1/2≤p≤0.9751/2\le p\le0.9751/2≤p≤0.975, and η≥4/d\eta\ge4/\sqrt dη≥4/d​, a global minimizer w∗w^*w∗ of JλJ_\lambdaJλ​ whose squared Euclidean norm is one satisfies

StdAcc⁡(fw∗)>0.99,RobAcc⁡ε(fw∗)<0.01for every ε≥2η.\operatorname{StdAcc}(f_{w^*})>0.99, \qquad \operatorname{RobAcc}_{\varepsilon}(f_{w^*})<0.01 \quad\text{for every }\varepsilon\ge2\eta.StdAcc(fw∗​)>0.99,RobAccε​(fw∗​)<0.01for every ε≥2η.

For a global minimizer of Jεtr,λadvJ^{\mathrm{adv}}_{\varepsilon_{\mathrm{tr}},\lambda}Jεtr​,λadv​ with εtr≥2η\varepsilon_{\mathrm{tr}}\ge2\etaεtr​≥2η and either εtr<2p−1\varepsilon_{\mathrm{tr}}<2p-1εtr​<2p−1 or p=1/2p=1/2p=1/2, the target is

StdAcc⁡(fw∗)=RobAcc⁡ε(fw∗)=pfor every 0≤ε<1.\operatorname{StdAcc}(f_{w^*}) =\operatorname{RobAcc}_{\varepsilon}(f_{w^*})=p \quad\text{for every }0\le\varepsilon<1.StdAcc(fw∗​)=RobAccε​(fw∗​)=pfor every 0≤ε<1.

The milestone list follows Appendix D's stated claims: the Gaussian law of the pooled weak feature, Lemmas D.1–D.5, and the displayed adversarial objective identity. The lemmas give nonstrict 99%99\%99% and 1%1\%1% bounds where the theorem states strict inequalities Tsipras et al., pp. 16–18.

Significance

The result gives a concrete distribution on which the ordinary population hinge objective favors weak features enough to achieve near-perfect standard accuracy while remaining vulnerable to a small coordinatewise perturbation. The adversarial objective instead selects a classifier using the first feature, whose standard and robust accuracies are both ppp. It therefore distinguishes the behavior of the two objectives even without sampling error or a particular training algorithm.

The paper proves these claims informally. The Lean items here compile as definitions and theorem statements with open proofs; they are not yet machine-checked proofs. A completed development would supply the Gaussian probability estimates, optimizer properties, and accuracy calculations needed to close the statements. The law of a pooled Gaussian vector and the relation between ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ perturbations and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ weight norm are reusable beyond this example.

Difficulty

The first weak feature alone carries little information, but their normalized sum has a strong Gaussian signal. Consequently, reasoning about one coordinate at a time does not determine what the ordinary SVM minimizer predicts. The theorem also concerns every global minimizer with the stipulated norm, so testing a convenient weight vector does not settle it. The stated strict accuracy constants require quantitative Gaussian tails and an optimizer comparison at the specified ppp and η\etaη thresholds. In the adversarial part, the conclusion about accuracy ppp requires more than proving that weak-feature weights vanish: the remaining first-feature coefficient must have the correct sign and be nonzero.

Formalization scope

Lean represents an input as a function on Fin (d+1); index zero is the paper's x1x_1x1​, and index i.succ is xi+2x_{i+2}xi+2​. The function norm is the sup norm, so ∥δ∥≤ε\|\delta\|\le\varepsilon∥δ∥≤ε is exactly the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ ball. Squared ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm and ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm of a weight vector are written as ∑iwi2\sum_iw_i^2∑i​wi2​ and ∑i∣wi∣\sum_i|w_i|∑i​∣wi​∣. The conditional law is a product of the two-point first-feature law and the independent Gaussian weak-feature law, assembled into one input vector. GaussianReal's variance argument is one. Labels and predictions are real ±1\pm1±1, and a zero score is assigned −1-1−1. The tie has probability zero for the nondegenerate classifiers in the theorem.

The robust event can be outside the Borel sigma algebra. Its measure in Lean is an outer measure, agreeing with probability under completion. Gaussian affine hinge functions are integrable; the adversarial hinge has the explicit finite closed form supplied by a milestone when the radius is nonnegative. The supremum is over exactly the admissible perturbations. The mission does not reduce the target to a chosen classifier or assume any of the milestone conclusions as goal hypotheses.

Several hypotheses make implicit conditions or a necessary correction explicit. The condition d≥1d\ge1d≥1 prevents 4/d4/\sqrt d4/d​ from becoming Lean's default value at zero. Appendix D assumes that λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 has been tuned so an ordinary global minimizer has ∥w∗∥2=1\|w^*\|_2=1∥w∗∥2​=1; that is represented directly. Evaluation radii are nonnegative, so their balls are not empty. The upper bound εtr<2p−1\varepsilon_{\mathrm{tr}}<2p-1εtr​<2p−1 is needed for the second claim: for larger training radii the zero vector may minimize the adversarial objective and its constant classifier has accuracy 1/21/21/2, contrary to the printed sentence when p>1/2p>1/2p>1/2. At p=1/2p=1/2p=1/2 that constant classifier has accuracy 1/2=p1/2=p1/2=p, so the case p=1/2p=1/2p=1/2 is kept for every training radius. This correction is disclosed rather than silently attributing it to the paper. Appendix D's displayed maximum outside expectation also differs from equation (2); the formalization follows (2), whose per-sample maximum has the displayed closed form. The paper's proof specializes to η=4/d\eta=4/\sqrt dη=4/d​ although Theorem 2.2 states η≥4/d\eta\ge4/\sqrt dη≥4/d​; the target retains the printed theorem's range.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Tsipras, Shibani Santurkar, Logan Engstrom, Alexander Turner, and Aleksander Mądry, Robustness May Be at Odds with Accuracy, International Conference on Learning Representations, 2019. arXiv:1805.12152v5.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs II: The Gossip Algorithm with Stepsizes 1/Γ_k(i) Converges Almost Surely to the Unique EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

In an aggregative game, each player's cost depends on its own decision and on the sum of all players' decisions. That form appears in resource sharing, production, and network games: a player may know its own choice while lacking a central feed of the aggregate. A distributed algorithm therefore has to estimate the aggregate through local communication as it updates decisions. Koshal, Nedić, and Shanbhag study this setting and give both synchronous and gossip schemes in Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs. This mission concerns their asynchronous scheme, in which a random pair communicates at each tick.

The question is whether irregular, local updates still find the game's equilibrium when no agent knows in advance how often it will be selected. Each agent uses its own update count to set its step length. The paper's Proposition 3 states almost-sure convergence under strict monotonicity, compact strategy sets, and a connected graph. The result is a convergence claim about the complete random process, including who wakes, whom they contact, which estimate they exchange, and which projected step they take.

Setting

There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 agents. Agent iii chooses xi∈Ki⊆Rnx_i\in K_i\subseteq\mathbb R^nxi​∈Ki​⊆Rn, with KiK_iKi​ nonempty, compact, and convex. A strategy profile is x=(x1,…,xN)x=(x_1,\ldots,x_N)x=(x1​,…,xN​) in K=∏iKiK=\prod_i K_iK=∏i​Ki​, and its aggregate is xˉ=∑ixi\bar x=\sum_i x_ixˉ=∑i​xi​. The map Fi(xi,u)F_i(x_i,u)Fi​(xi​,u) is the player's first-order response when its own decision is xix_ixi​ and its aggregate argument is uuu. The game map is ϕi(x)=Fi(xi,xˉ)\phi_i(x)=F_i(x_i,\bar x)ϕi​(x)=Fi​(xi​,xˉ). A solution x∗x^*x∗ of the variational inequality VI(K,ϕ)\mathrm{VI}(K,\phi)VI(K,ϕ) is feasible and satisfies

∑i⟨xi−xi∗,ϕi(x∗)⟩≥0for every x∈K.\sum_i\langle x_i-x_i^*,\phi_i(x^*)\rangle\ge0 \quad\text{for every }x\in K.i∑​⟨xi​−xi∗​,ϕi​(x∗)⟩≥0for every x∈K.

The paper obtains FiF_iFi​ from differentiable convex player costs, making VI solutions Nash equilibria. The formal statements take FiF_iFi​ as the primitive map used by the algorithm. Strict monotonicity means ∑i⟨ϕi(x)−ϕi(y),xi−yi⟩>0\sum_i\langle\phi_i(x)-\phi_i(y),x_i-y_i\rangle>0∑i​⟨ϕi​(x)−ϕi​(y),xi​−yi​⟩>0 for different feasible profiles x,yx,yx,y. Along with continuity and compact convex strategy sets, it makes the VI solution unique. The paper's Assumptions 1–3 also impose a uniform Lipschitz bound on how Fi(xi,u)F_i(x_i,u)Fi​(xi​,u) changes with uuu.

Agents occupy a connected, undirected graph. At a discrete tick kkk, a uniformly selected agent IkI^kIk contacts a neighbour JkJ^kJk with probability pIkJk>0p_{I^kJ^k}>0pIkJk​>0 on every edge. The ordered pairs are independent across ticks. Each agent maintains an aggregate estimate vikv_i^kvik​; the selected pair average their estimates to form v^ik\hat v_i^kv^ik​. Those agents take a projected step using Fi(xik,Nv^ik)F_i(x_i^k,N\hat v_i^k)Fi​(xik​,Nv^ik​) and then add their decision change to the estimate. Other agents retain their decisions and estimates. Initially vi0=xi0v_i^0=x_i^0vi0​=xi0​. The number Γk(i)\Gamma_k(i)Γk​(i) counts agent iii's updates through tick kkk, and its step length at an update is αk,i=1/Γk(i)\alpha_{k,i}=1/\Gamma_k(i)αk,i​=1/Γk​(i). Equations (23)–(29) of the paper define these operations.

Formalization targets

Goal: almost-sure equilibrium convergence

Under Assumptions 1–3 and connectedness of the gossip graph, Proposition 3 asserts that there is a unique x∗x^*x∗ solving VI(K,ϕ)\mathrm{VI}(K,\phi)VI(K,ϕ) and that the generated process satisfies

Pr⁡(lim⁡k→∞xk=x∗)=1.\Pr\bigl(\lim_{k\to\infty}x^k=x^*\bigr)=1.Pr(k→∞lim​xk=x∗)=1.

The goal includes existence and uniqueness of x∗x^*x∗, rather than conditioning convergence on a possibly nonexistent solution. Its random draws have the rate-one-clock law: Pr⁡(Ik=i,Jk=j)=pij/N\Pr(I^k=i,J^k=j)=p_{ij}/NPr(Ik=i,Jk=j)=pij​/N.

Milestones

The five milestones record the VI's unique solution from the proof of Proposition 1, conservation of the agents' average estimate in Lemma 2, the almost-sure stepsize bounds of Lemma 7, their summability consequences in Corollary 1, and the mean-square gossip contraction in relations (30)–(31). They cover the equilibrium, tracking, step length, and network-mixing parts of the claim. Their source wording, indices, and PDF pages are attached to the mission items.

Significance

The result shows that a shared aggregate can be learned well enough through pairwise, random exchanges to reach the same equilibrium characterized by the centralized VI. Update counts permit agents to choose diminishing steps without a common iteration clock or a schedule ensuring equal participation on each finite interval. Connectedness and positive contact probabilities ensure every graph edge can carry information. The convergence assertion is almost sure, so it concerns individual sample paths outside a null set, rather than merely an average error.

Formalizing the result would connect finite graph gossip, random update counts, projected VI iteration, and almost-sure convergence in one reusable development. The paper proves Proposition 3; this mission supplies an open machine-checked target, not a claim that the result is unresolved mathematically. A proof would need honest probability statements for the draw law and summability and a projection interface that does not assign arbitrary values on empty sets. The VI existence and uniqueness milestone can also serve other compact, strictly monotone games.

Difficulty

Pairwise averaging preserves the mean estimate, but it does not make each agent's estimate equal to that mean at every step. A projected decision change immediately perturbs the local estimate again. The selected agents and their step lengths also depend on the same update history, so deterministic simultaneous-update arguments do not directly apply. The paper controls this interaction using update-count asymptotics, contraction of the random gossip matrix, and almost-sure summability. None of those conclusions follows from connectedness alone if a nominal edge has zero contact probability.

Formalization scope

Lean represents each decision in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and profiles as functions on Fin N. The aggregate is a finite sum. A projection is the relation saying that the selected point lies in its set and minimizes Euclidean distance, rather than a total function with an arbitrary output on an empty set. The profile topology used for convergence is the finite product topology. For vectors indexed by agents, relations (30)–(31) use the explicit Euclidean coordinate norm; the default norm of Fin N → ℝ is a sup norm.

The continuous-time Poisson clocks are encoded through their induced independent discrete tick pairs and exact joint law. Initial decisions are fixed and feasible. The source allows random initial decisions; the formal goal covers every deterministic start. This restriction is recorded because the paper's stated random initialization would require an explicit independence relation with future clock draws. Tick indices start at zero in Lean; a selected agent has Γk(i)≥1\Gamma_k(i)\ge1Γk​(i)≥1, so the value assigned to 1/01/01/0 never drives an update. The positive-time series and bounds still begin at k=1k=1k=1.

The paper gives the Lipschitz condition on aggregate arguments only in the feasible aggregate set Kˉ\bar KKˉ. Its algorithm can evaluate FiF_iFi​ outside that set, as its own footnote acknowledges. This development explicitly extends that condition to all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn to make those evaluations controlled. The change is substantive and disclosed on each affected item; the preprint's Lemma 3 proof contains the corresponding domain gap. The goal assumes neither the stepsize estimates nor the network contraction nor convergence of the estimate errors; they remain mathematical work. Further contributions may formalize the omitted intermediate lemmas, or refine the initialization and domain assumptions while preserving a meaningful statement.

Selected references

  • J. Koshal, A. Nedić, and U. V. Shanbhag, Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs, Operations Research 64(3), 680–704, 2016. arXiv:1605.00267v2; DOI:10.1287/opre.2016.1501.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs I: Synchronous Aggregate-Tracking Projected Gradients on Time-Varying Graphs Converge to the Unique EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

In an aggregative game, a player's cost depends on its own decision and on a summary of all players' decisions. An electricity producer, for example, may choose its output while the market price depends on total output. When players communicate only with neighbours, each player must estimate the aggregate before making an update. Koshal, Nedić, and Shanbhag study this setting with communication links that can change over time, and prove convergence of a synchronous algorithm using only local messages Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, 2016.

The mission targets Proposition 2 of the pinned preprint. It treats the algorithm itself as a mathematical object: the claim must hold for every sequence satisfying its graph, weight, stepsize, and projected update conditions. The result addresses a concrete information constraint. Players cannot read the true aggregate while the algorithm runs; they have individual estimates constructed from their neighbours' estimates.

Setting

There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 players. Player iii chooses xi∈Ki⊆Rnx_i\in K_i\subseteq\mathbb R^nxi​∈Ki​⊆Rn, with each KiK_iKi​ nonempty, compact, and convex. Write x=(xi)ix=(x_i)_ix=(xi​)i​, K=∏iKiK=\prod_i K_iK=∏i​Ki​, and xˉ=∑ixi\bar x=\sum_i x_ixˉ=∑i​xi​. The attainable aggregate set is Kˉ={∑ixi:x∈K}\bar K=\{\sum_i x_i:x\in K\}Kˉ={∑i​xi​:x∈K}. A map Fi(xi,u)F_i(x_i,u)Fi​(xi​,u) gives the component of the game's gradient field at player iii's decision and aggregate argument uuu. Its profile field is ϕi(x)=Fi(xi,xˉ)\phi_i(x)=F_i(x_i,\bar x)ϕi​(x)=Fi​(xi​,xˉ).

The target point is a solution of the variational inequality VI⁡(K,ϕ)\operatorname{VI}(K,\phi)VI(K,ϕ): it belongs to KKK and satisfies

∑i=1N(xi−xi∗)⊤ϕi(x∗)≥0for every x∈K.\sum_{i=1}^N (x_i-x_i^*)^\top\phi_i(x^*)\ge0\qquad\text{for every }x\in K.i=1∑N​(xi​−xi∗​)⊤ϕi​(x∗)≥0for every x∈K.

The paper obtains this field from differentiable player costs. The convergence theorem is stated for the field and the VI, while the connection to a Nash equilibrium is established separately in Proposition 1 Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, pp. 4–6. Strict monotonicity of ϕ\phiϕ on KKK says that (ϕ(x)−ϕ(x′))⊤(x−x′)>0(\phi(x)-\phi(x'))^\top(x-x')>0(ϕ(x)−ϕ(x′))⊤(x−x′)>0 whenever feasible x≠x′x\ne x'x=x′. Together with compactness and continuity, this yields the unique VI solution used in the target.

At time kkk, player iii keeps a decision xikx_i^kxik​ and an estimate vikv_i^kvik​ of the average decision, initially vi0=xi0v_i^0=x_i^0vi0​=xi0​. A matrix W(k)=(wij(k))W(k)=(w_{ij}(k))W(k)=(wij​(k)) mixes estimates along an undirected communication graph. Each row and column of W(k)W(k)W(k) sums to one; non-neighbours receive zero weight, while every neighbour and the player itself receive at least δ>0\delta>0δ>0. The union of the communication graphs over any Q≥1Q\ge1Q≥1 consecutive times is connected. The local aligned estimate and the two updates are

v^ik=∑jwij(k)vjk,xik+1=ΠKi[xik−αkFi(xik,Nv^ik)],vik+1=v^ik+xik+1−xik.\hat v_i^k=\sum_j w_{ij}(k)v_j^k,\qquad x_i^{k+1}=\Pi_{K_i}\bigl[x_i^k-\alpha_k F_i(x_i^k,N\hat v_i^k)\bigr],\qquad v_i^{k+1}=\hat v_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-x_i^k.v^ik​=j∑​wij​(k)vjk​,xik+1​=ΠKi​​[xik​−αk​Fi​(xik​,Nv^ik​)],vik+1​=v^ik​+xik+1​−xik​.

Here ΠKi\Pi_{K_i}ΠKi​​ denotes Euclidean nearest-point projection. The stepsizes αk\alpha_kαk​ decrease, their sum diverges to +∞+\infty+∞, and their squares are summable. The paper calls these graph, weight, and stepsize conditions Assumptions 4–6 Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, pp. 7–9.

Formalization targets

Unique VI solution

The first milestone makes the existence and uniqueness statement used in the proof explicit:

∃!x∗∈K:(x−x∗)⊤ϕ(x∗)≥0for all x∈K.\exists!x^*\in K:\quad(x-x^*)^\top\phi(x^*)\ge0\quad\text{for all }x\in K.∃!x∗∈K:(x−x∗)⊤ϕ(x∗)≥0for all x∈K.

The other milestones follow the paper's numbered Lemmas 1–4 and 6 and its displayed relations (19)–(20). They state that the mean of the players' estimates is the true mean decision, that the matrix products mix geometrically, that the relevant gradients and estimate errors are controlled, and that the weighted estimate errors have finite total sum Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, pp. 9–14.

Proposition 2

For every synchronous run under Assumptions 1–6, the goal asserts both a unique VI solution and convergence of the whole decision sequence:

∃!x∗∈K solving VI⁡(K,ϕ),xk⟶x∗.\exists!x^*\in K\text{ solving }\operatorname{VI}(K,\phi), \qquad x^k\longrightarrow x^*.∃!x∗∈K solving VI(K,ϕ),xk⟶x∗.

The target is a qualitative convergence result. It does not prescribe a convergence rate for xkx^kxk Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, Proposition 2, p. 13.

Significance

The theorem says that local estimate mixing is sufficient for every player's projected gradient decision to approach the same equilibrium, even when the communication graph changes, provided connectivity recurs within a fixed window. The result gives a precise condition under which access to the aggregate can be replaced by neighbour messages. Its milestone on the matrix products supplies an explicit estimate for how information spreads; the summability milestones connect that estimate to the optimization error.

The paper contains a mathematical proof, but this mission's Lean declarations are open statements with sorry bodies. A completed formalization would turn the paper's VI existence, mixing, projection, and convergence arguments into individually reusable verified results. The general product-set VI and nearest-point relation are separated from the paper's particular synchronous model so later developments can use them without importing graph-specific definitions.

Difficulty

The obvious single-agent projected-gradient argument assumes each update uses Fi(xik,xˉk)F_i(x_i^k,\bar x^k)Fi​(xik​,xˉk). Here it uses Fi(xik,Nv^ik)F_i(x_i^k,N\hat v_i^k)Fi​(xik​,Nv^ik​) instead, and the estimate errors depend on a changing product of weight matrices. Connectivity of each individual graph is not assumed, so a one-step contraction statement is unavailable. The proof must control time-varying mixing and accumulate its error without losing convergence. Strict monotonicity then identifies the limit, but it does not by itself bound the transient disagreement.

The printed hypotheses also leave a domain issue. The algorithm evaluates FiF_iFi​ at Nv^ikN\hat v_i^kNv^ik​, which need not lie in Kˉ\bar KKˉ; the paper's footnote on p. 10 acknowledges that v^ik\hat v_i^kv^ik​ may leave its apparent feasible aggregate region. The printed Lipschitz condition covers only Kˉ\bar KKˉ, so the target explicitly requires it for all aggregate arguments. The printed Lemma 3 also gives only unit column sums, which allow arbitrarily large negative and positive entries; its mission item carries the graph and positive-weight assumptions needed for the bound. These changes are recorded in the item notes and in the source analysis Koshal–Nedić–Shanbhag, pp. 7–10.

Formalization scope

Decisions live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and players in Fin N; Lean player zero is the paper's player one. A profile is a finite function, and its squared Euclidean norm is the sum of the squared norms of its blocks. The conclusion uses the equivalent finite product topology. The variational inequality's inner product is written as a sum over players, avoiding the sup norm carried by a Lean function space. Graphs are undirected SimpleGraphs; self-neighbours are included explicitly. The product Φ(k,s)\Phi(k,s)Φ(k,s) places the newest matrix on the left. Projection is a relation requiring a genuine nearest point in KiK_iKi​, rather than a total function with an arbitrary value on an empty set.

The target fixes N≥1N\ge1N≥1, δ>0\delta>0δ>0, and nonempty KiK_iKi​. It uses continuity of FiF_iFi​ on Ki×KˉK_i\times\bar KKi​×Kˉ as the field-level part of Assumption 1, and the extended all-Rn\mathbb R^nRn form of Assumption 3 stated above. The stepsize sum is represented by partial sums tending to +∞+\infty+∞, and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞ by summability. Existence and uniqueness are part of the goal conclusion; no bound on the gradients or summability of the estimate error is assumed by the goal. A complete development needs reusable compact-product VI existence, Euclidean projection facts, matrix-product mixing for changing graphs, finite-dimensional norm estimates, and real-series convergence. Contributions proving these milestones and their intermediate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Koshal, A. Nedić, U. V. Shanbhag, Distributed Algorithms for Aggregative Games on Graphs, Operations Research 64(3):680–704, 2016. arXiv:1605.00267v2; DOI:10.1287/opre.2016.1501. This mission cites the pinned arXiv page indices.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisConvex OptimizationDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights I: The ODE Ẍ + (3/t)Ẋ + ∇f(X) = 0 with X(0) = x₀, Ẋ(0) = 0 Has a Unique Global SolutionResearch Paper

Why this ODE needs a well-posedness theorem

Nesterov’s accelerated gradient method is a discrete procedure for minimizing a smooth convex function. Its iterates use both a gradient step and a momentum term, so the position at the next step depends on recent motion as well as on the current gradient. Su, Boyd, and Candès study a continuous-time model of that behavior: a trajectory whose acceleration is driven by the negative gradient and opposed by a time-dependent damping term. The model is useful only if its prescribed starting point determines an actual trajectory. The first theorem of the paper supplies that guarantee for the damping coefficient 3/t3/t3/t. Su, Boyd, and Candès, 2015, Theorem 1.

The coefficient 3/t3/t3/t is undefined at the stated initial time t=0t=0t=0. Standard results for differential equations with a continuous right-hand side at the initial time therefore cannot be applied directly. The existence and uniqueness claim is substantive: it makes the trajectory used in the paper’s later rate and restart theorems a defined mathematical object, including its behavior at the singular endpoint. The source proves the result; this mission asks for a machine-checked formalization of its statement and its supporting appendix lemmas.

The setting

Fix a dimension nnn, a starting point x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, and a real-valued objective fff. For a constant L>0L>0L>0, the paper’s class FL\mathcal F_LFL​ consists of functions that are convex, continuously differentiable, and have an LLL-Lipschitz gradient:

∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\| \qquad\text{for all }x,y\in\mathbb R^n.∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.

The larger class F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​ is the union of these classes over positive LLL. In particular, the objective need not be strongly convex and need not have a minimizer for this mission.

A solution is a position X:[0,∞)→RnX:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R^nX:[0,∞)→Rn and its velocity V=X˙V=\dot XV=X˙, starting at X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​ and V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, that satisfy equation (3) at every positive time:

V˙(t)+3tV(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,t>0.\dot V(t)+\frac{3}{t}V(t)+\nabla f(X(t))=0,\qquad t>0.V˙(t)+t3​V(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,t>0.

The trajectory is continuously differentiable through the initial endpoint, with a right derivative there, and twice continuously differentiable for t>0t>0t>0. The paper also uses a smoothed equation indexed by δ>0\delta>0δ>0, replacing 3/t3/t3/t with 3/max⁡(δ,t)3/\max(\delta,t)3/max(δ,t). Its solutions are denoted XδX_\deltaXδ​, and its velocity-growth quantity is

Mδ(t)=sup⁡0<u≤t∥X˙δ(u)∥u.M_\delta(t)=\sup_{0<u\le t}\frac{\|\dot X_\delta(u)\|}{u}.Mδ​(t)=0<u≤tsup​u∥X˙δ​(u)∥​.

For local uniqueness, two solutions X,YX,YX,Y on [0,a)[0,a)[0,a) are compared using M~(t)=sup⁡0≤u<t∥X˙(u)−Y˙(u)∥\widetilde M(t)=\sup_{0\le u<t}\|\dot X(u)-\dot Y(u)\|M(t)=sup0≤u<t​∥X˙(u)−Y˙(u)∥. These quantities appear in the appendix lemmas and are represented by pointwise bounds in the formal statements.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 1, the well-posedness of equation (3). For every f∈F∞f\in\mathcal F_\inftyf∈F∞​ and every x0x_0x0​, it asserts both existence of a global trajectory with the regularity above and uniqueness on nonnegative time:

∃X solving (3) from (x0,0),X,Y both solve (3) from (x0,0)⟹X(t)=Y(t)(t≥0).\exists X\ \text{solving (3) from }(x_0,0), \qquad X,Y\ \text{both solve (3) from }(x_0,0) \Longrightarrow X(t)=Y(t)\quad(t\ge0).∃X solving (3) from (x0​,0),X,Y both solve (3) from (x0​,0)⟹X(t)=Y(t)(t≥0).

The milestone list follows the numbered statements in Appendix A. Lemma 16 controls the change in ∇f\nabla f∇f along a smoothed trajectory. Lemmas 15 and 17 bound MδM_\deltaMδ​ on the initial smoothing interval and beyond it, with the explicit thresholds δ<6/L\delta<\sqrt{6/L}δ<6/L​ and t<12/Lt<\sqrt{12/L}t<12/L​. Lemma 18 states that the family of smoothed trajectories with δ=3/L/2m\delta=\sqrt{3/L}/2^mδ=3/L​/2m is uniformly bounded and equicontinuous on [0,6/L][0,\sqrt{6/L}][0,6/L​]. Lemma 14 gives existence for equation (3). Lemma 20 bounds the difference between gradients along two local solutions, and Lemma 19 gives uniqueness in a neighborhood of zero. The goal and milestones preserve the source’s domains, constants, and order of dependence.

What the result provides

Theorem 1 permits the rest of the paper to refer to “the” trajectory of equation (3) from a specified initial point. In particular, statements about its objective value, energy, and restarts need an actual trajectory, and uniqueness makes those statements independent of a choice of solution. The appendix estimates also provide reusable facts about this singular second-order equation: quantitative control of smoothed velocities and local agreement at the singular time.

The paper proves Theorem 1 and the seven listed lemmas on pp. 6 and 28–32. This mission does not claim a new analytical result. Its output would be checked Lean statements and, when solvers finish the proofs, a machine-checked development of the singular initial-value problem. The formal definitions are shared by all items in this mission; the lemmas can be reused in later formal work on accelerated gradient trajectories. No machine-checked proof of these particular statements is being claimed by the draft proposal.

The central difficulty

The initial time is precisely where the damping 3/t3/t3/t has no finite value. Treating the problem as an ordinary initial-value problem at t=0t=0t=0 leaves the differential equation undefined there. Imposing the equation at t=0t=0t=0 after Lean’s total division would instead change it: Lean assigns a value to division by zero, while the paper imposes equation (3) only for t>0t>0t>0. The demanded derivative at zero is one-sided, and control of the behavior as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0 is part of the result.

The smoothed equations are regular at zero, but a statement about each smoothed trajectory does not by itself give a solution of the original singular equation. The appendix’s uniform bounds and equicontinuity are formulated on a common compact interval for a specified sequence of smoothing parameters. Uniqueness has a second boundary issue: local agreement near zero must be connected to ordinary uniqueness at positive time to obtain agreement for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0.

Formalization scope

The Lean space is EuclideanSpace R (Fin n)\mathrm{EuclideanSpace}\ \mathbb R\ (\mathrm{Fin}\ n)EuclideanSpace R (Fin n), with its Euclidean norm; nnn is arbitrary. The objective class includes convexity, C1C^1C1 regularity, a positive Lipschitz constant, and a globally Lipschitz gradient. A solution is encoded as a pair (X,V)(X,V)(X,V), so V=X˙V=\dot XV=X˙ is witnessed by derivative assertions rather than by a total derivative operator. The initial conditions specify X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​, V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, a right derivative of XXX, and right continuity of VVV. The differential equation and ordinary derivatives are required only at positive times. For the smoothed equation, δ>0\delta>0δ>0 is part of the solution predicate.

These choices rule out a vacuous solution predicate and prevent division by zero from defining a different equation. Lean functions are represented on all real times, but the source’s solution lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); uniqueness is therefore equality on that half-line. At negative times the formal representatives are unrestricted. The paper’s real suprema MδM_\deltaMδ​ and M~\widetilde MM are expressed as bounds on every member of their defining ranges, so an empty or unbounded real supremum cannot acquire a misleading default value. Every denominator in Lemmas 15 and 17 has the paper’s strict threshold in its hypotheses.

A full proof development needs ordinary differential equation existence and uniqueness at positive time, continuity and derivative facts at the right endpoint, and compactness of uniformly bounded equicontinuous families. The definitions of the objective class and solution predicates, the quantitative estimates, and the local uniqueness statement are welcome solver contributions. The target is the source theorem with its stated hypotheses and conclusion; a special objective, a weakened time interval, or a proof by an impossible hypothesis does not close it.

Selected references

  • Weijie Su, Stephen Boyd, and Emmanuel J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov’s Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, arXiv:1503.01243v2, 2015; published in Journal of Machine Learning Research 17(153), 2016. Preprint.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning XII: Coordinate-Wise Krichevsky–Trofimov Betting Has Parameter-Free Regret ‖u‖₁L∞√(2T ln(1 + e‖u‖∞T/ε)) + dεL∞Textbook

Why parameter-free regret matters

In online convex optimization, a learner makes a prediction before seeing the next loss. A standard regret guarantee often depends on a learning rate chosen using the size of the comparator that will be assessed later. That comparator is unknown during play. Chapter 13 of Orabona's textbook uses coin betting to obtain a bound that adapts to every comparator while the algorithm uses only its initial wealth and a bound on the observed subgradients. The coordinate-wise form allows the guarantee to reflect a comparator whose important coordinates differ greatly in size.

The motivating task is deterministic. An adversary may choose convex losses over successive rounds, and the performance measure compares the learner's cumulative loss with the loss of a single fixed vector. The algorithm is allowed to know the coordinate bound L∞L_\inftyL∞​ and its initial wealth parameter ε\varepsilonε; it does not know the final comparator uuu or a suitable learning rate for it. The capstone is Theorem 13.9, p. 215, the chapter's coordinate-wise Krichevsky–Trofimov result.

The learner and the betting rule

There are TTT rounds, numbered 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T, in a space Rd\mathbb R^dRd. In round ttt the learner outputs xtx_txt​, pays ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​), and then receives a subgradient gtg_tgt​ of the loss at xtx_txt​. A subgradient supports the loss everywhere: ℓt(y)≥ℓt(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩\ell_t(y)\ge\ell_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleℓt​(y)≥ℓt​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for every y∈Rdy\in\mathbb R^dy∈Rd. Each coordinate obeys ∣gt,i∣≤L∞|g_{t,i}|\le L_\infty∣gt,i​∣≤L∞​. For a fixed comparator uuu, regret is

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^T\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

The underlying KT bettor begins with wealth ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Given coin outcomes ct∈[−1,1]c_t\in[-1,1]ct​∈[−1,1], it wagers a fraction βt=(∑j=1t−1cj)/t\beta_t=(\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}c_j)/tβt​=(∑j=1t−1​cj​)/t of its wealth before outcome ctc_tct​ arrives. Its signed wager is bt=βtWealth⁡t−1b_t=\beta_t\operatorname{Wealth}_{t-1}bt​=βt​Wealtht−1​, and Wealth⁡t=Wealth⁡t−1+ctbt\operatorname{Wealth}_t=\operatorname{Wealth}_{t-1}+c_tb_tWealtht​=Wealtht−1​+ct​bt​. The denominator is ttt, including the first round, when the past sum and the wager are zero. Algorithm 13.1, p. 208 defines this update.

For optimization, Algorithm 13.3, p. 215 applies a separate KT update to every coordinate. With L∞>0L_\infty>0L∞​>0, the prediction is fixed by past gradients and past predictions:

xt,i=−∑j=1t−1gj,iL∞t(ε−∑j=1t−1gj,iL∞xj,i).x_{t,i}=-\frac{\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}g_{j,i}}{L_\infty t} \left(\varepsilon-\sum_{j=1}^{t-1}\frac{g_{j,i}}{L_\infty}x_{j,i}\right).xt,i​=−L∞​t∑j=1t−1​gj,i​​(ε−j=1∑t−1​L∞​gj,i​​xj,i​).

This is the algorithm studied in the target theorem. A run includes the update and an admissible subgradient at each round; it is not an arbitrary sequence of predictions satisfying a bound after the fact.

Formalization targets

The main target records both inequalities in Theorem 13.9. For every comparator u∈Rdu\in\mathbb R^du∈Rd,

Regret⁡T(u)≤L∞∑i=1d∣ui∣2Tln⁡(1+e∣ui∣Tε)+dεL∞≤∥u∥1L∞2Tln⁡(1+e∥u∥∞Tε)+dεL∞.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u) \le L_\infty\sum_{i=1}^d |u_i|\sqrt{2T\ln\left(1+\frac{e|u_i|T}{\varepsilon}\right)}+d\varepsilon L_\infty \le \|u\|_1L_\infty\sqrt{2T\ln\left(1+\frac{e\|u\|_\infty T}{\varepsilon}\right)}+d\varepsilon L_\infty.RegretT​(u)≤L∞​i=1∑d​∣ui​∣2Tln(1+εe∣ui​∣T​)​+dεL∞​≤∥u∥1​L∞​2Tln(1+εe∥u∥∞​T​)​+dεL∞​.

The milestone path consists of three statements drawn directly from the chapter: the gamma-potential one-step inequality (13.1), the continuous-coin wealth guarantee of Theorem 13.4, and the one-dimensional KT regret display in §13.2.1. The first controls the change in the betting potential, the second relates that potential to final wealth, and the third is the scalar guarantee used by the coordinate-wise theorem. All three retain the printed constants and the source's one-based indexing.

What the theorem gives

The first inequality charges each comparator coordinate according to its own magnitude. The second expresses the result using familiar ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ norms. Both apply to the same run without choosing a new algorithm for a new uuu. At u=0u=0u=0, the bound is dεL∞d\varepsilon L_\inftydεL∞​, showing directly the cost of the initial-wealth choice. For a sparse or uneven comparator, the coordinate sum can be more informative than a bound that uses only the largest coordinate.

The mathematical results are proved in the cited textbook. This mission supplies Lean statements for those results; the theorem files are proof targets and do not yet contain machine-checked proofs. A completed development would connect the betting potential, the one-dimensional optimization reduction, and the coordinate aggregation through reusable lemmas. Its definition layer can also serve later formalizations of coin-betting algorithms with other wealth potentials.

Where the difficulty lies

The prediction uses a changing wager fraction determined by the previous outcomes. A direct fixed-fraction calculation does not describe that sequence of wagers. The chapter instead identifies a gamma-function potential that can be compared with the changing wealth at every round. For continuous coin outcomes, the potential must satisfy an inequality for every real c∈[−1,1]c\in[-1,1]c∈[−1,1], including interior values rather than only the binary endpoints.

The optimization guarantee adds another boundary: a lower bound on betting wealth must become an upper bound on regret for every real comparator. The desired expression has a logarithm, a square root, and the exact factor eee inside it. The coordinate-wise result must preserve the scalar constant in every coordinate and then justify the second inequality involving ∥u∥∞\|u\|_\infty∥u∥∞​. These are the places where a weaker or altered constant would change the target.

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rd\mathbb R^dRd as functions Fin d → ℝ; its function norm is the sup norm, while the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ quantity is the explicit sum ∑i∣ui∣\sum_i|u_i|∑i​∣ui​∣. The theorem assumes d≥1d\ge1d≥1, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, and L∞>0L_\infty>0L∞​>0. These make the finite-dimensional setting nonempty and the printed quotients and logarithms operate on their intended domains. Time index zero is unused. All sums over rounds use 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T.

Losses are real-valued and subdifferentiable on the whole space, as in Algorithm 13.3. The run records full-space subgradients selected at the learner's predictions and their coordinate bounds. This selected-gradient condition is sufficient for the printed regret inequalities; global boundedness of every possible subgradient is a stronger convention used in the one-dimensional prose. The gamma potential is a separate definition with Real.Gamma; its arguments are positive on the domains used by the wealth theorem. The bettor's wealth is a finite product of its exact per-round returns.

The formalization must keep the explicit update in the run predicate. Allowing xtx_txt​ to depend on the current gtg_tgt​, or replacing the update by a generic betting rule, would no longer state Algorithm 13.3's guarantee. Contributions are welcome on the gamma-potential inequality, the wealth bound, the one-dimensional regret bound, and the final coordinate aggregation. The supporting results should retain the chapter's constants and handle the first round and zero-valued coin outcomes.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning IX: Cover's Universal Portfolio with Uniform or Dirichlet(1/2) Prior Has Logarithmic Regret Against Constantly Rebalanced PortfoliosTextbook

Why sequential portfolios matter

A portfolio manager chooses fractions of current wealth to place in several stocks before seeing that day’s market gains. The gains need not follow a statistical model: a sequence may be selected adversarially, with some stocks losing all value on a given day. A useful benchmark is the best constantly rebalanced portfolio, which holds the same fractions each day but trades at the end of every round to restore them. Its fixed allocation is an active strategy, and it can grow even when buying and holding each individual stock does not. Chapter 10 of Orabona’s online learning text studies guarantees against this benchmark without imposing a positive lower bound or a finite upper bound on nonzero market gains.

The chapter presents a universal portfolio: an allocation determined by a prior distribution over all fixed portfolios and reweighted according to their wealth so far. The mission focuses on the uniform-prior part of Theorem 10.1. It asks for a worst-case logarithmic regret guarantee against every fixed comparator and every admissible market sequence. This is a deterministic guarantee; no distributional assumption about the market enters its statement.

Market and strategy

There are d≥2d\ge2d≥2 stocks and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 rounds. In round ttt, the market supplies a vector wt∈R≥0d∖{0}w_t\in\mathbb R_{≥0}^d\setminus\{0\}wt​∈R≥0d​∖{0} of nonnegative gains. A portfolio is u∈Δd−1u\in\Delta^{d-1}u∈Δd−1, the simplex of vectors with nonnegative coordinates summing to one. If one unit is invested initially and the allocation stays fixed, its wealth after TTT rounds is

WT(u)=∏t=1T⟨wt,u⟩.W_T(u)=\prod_{t=1}^{T}\langle w_t,u\rangle.WT​(u)=t=1∏T​⟨wt​,u⟩.

A sequential strategy chooses xt∈Δd−1x_t\in\Delta^{d-1}xt​∈Δd−1 before seeing wtw_twt​, and has wealth WT=∏t=1T⟨wt,xt⟩W_T=\prod_{t=1}^{T}\langle w_t,x_t\rangleWT​=∏t=1T​⟨wt​,xt​⟩. The quantity of interest is the difference between the logarithms of benchmark wealth and sequential wealth. A fixed portfolio can have zero wealth when all the stocks it holds have a zero gain on some day; its log wealth is then −∞-\infty−∞ in the mathematical convention of the book.

Algorithm 10.1 begins with a prior FFF on the simplex. Before round ttt, it gives each fixed portfolio uuu weight proportional to its wealth Wt−1(u)W_{t-1}(u)Wt−1​(u), and chooses the resulting mean allocation:

xt(i)=∫Δd−1uiWt−1(u) F(du)∫Δd−1Wt−1(u) F(du).x_t(i)=\frac{\int_{\Delta^{d-1}}u_i W_{t-1}(u)\,F(du)}{\int_{\Delta^{d-1}}W_{t-1}(u)\,F(du)}.xt​(i)=∫Δd−1​Wt−1​(u)F(du)∫Δd−1​ui​Wt−1​(u)F(du)​.

For this mission, FFF is the uniform probability measure on the simplex. It is represented by Lebesgue measure in the first d−1d-1d−1 coordinates, scaled by (d−1)!(d-1)!(d−1)!; the final coordinate is one minus their sum. This explicit density fixes what “uniform” means and prevents the prior from being chosen to suit a particular market sequence.

Formalization targets

The goal is the uniform-prior case of Theorem 10.1. With the notation above, for every fixed portfolio of positive wealth,

log⁡WT(u)−log⁡WT≤log⁡(T+d−1d−1)≤(d−1)[log⁡(Td−1+1)+1].\log W_T(u)-\log W_T \le \log\binom{T+d-1}{d-1} \le (d-1)\left[\log\left(\frac{T}{d-1}+1\right)+1\right].logWT​(u)−logWT​≤log(d−1T+d−1​)≤(d−1)[log(d−1T​+1)+1].

The goal also asserts WT>0W_T>0WT​>0, so the algorithm’s logarithmic wealth is defined. The first inequality gives an exact finite-horizon combinatorial bound; the second displays its logarithmic dependence on TTT for fixed ddd. The book also states a Dirichlet(1/2,…,1/2)(1/2,\ldots,1/2)(1/2,…,1/2) prior bound in the same theorem. That companion branch is not among this proposal’s draft items; its gamma-function normalization and integral identities would require a separate audited definition layer. The fixed series title follows the chapter plan, while the goal and milestone list specify the precise scope delivered here.

The attack path records four source statements. Lemma 10.5 bounds a ratio of nonnegative sums by the largest component ratio. Lemma 10.6 reduces a universal portfolio’s wealth ratio to a maximum over sequences of single-stock choices. Theorem 10.4 bounds the size of a type class, the set of sequences with the same empirical fractions of symbols. Equation (10.5) computes the monomial integral under the uniform simplex prior. These statements are from the chapter’s proof of Theorem 10.1; the equation is referred to as an exercise in Problem 10.3.

What the result provides

The theorem ensures that the uniform-prior strategy keeps its log wealth within O(dlog⁡(1+T/d))O(d\log(1+T/d))O(dlog(1+T/d)) of the best constantly rebalanced portfolio, while making no bounded-gain assumption. In particular, a stock may have gain zero on one day or a very large gain on another. The guarantee is pathwise: it applies to the realized market vectors, regardless of how they were chosen. For a fixed number of stocks, dividing regret by TTT therefore gives a vanishing average shortfall in log wealth.

The mathematical result is already proved in the cited text. This mission’s work is to give its exact algorithm, prior measure, combinatorial objects, and finite-horizon constants machine-checked statements and then proofs. The density-based prior, finite type classes, and simplex monomial integrals can also be reused in online aggregation and universal coding developments. The draft statements currently have Lean placeholders for proofs; a successful submission will still require solvers to close them.

Main difficulty

Applying a generic online convex optimization bound to the loss −log⁡⟨wt,x⟩-\log\langle w_t,x\rangle−log⟨wt​,x⟩ runs into unbounded gradients when a chosen portfolio has small gain. A bound based on one global Lipschitz constant cannot cover the market sequences allowed here. The integral strategy creates a different obstacle: its denominator must be positive at every round, including histories with zero gains for many fixed portfolios. Its uniform prior is a measure on a (d−1)(d-1)(d−1)-dimensional simplex embedded in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, so ambient ddd-dimensional volume would give it mass zero. A proof must work with the intrinsic coordinate measure and its normalization. The exact binomial coefficient also depends on counting all sequences of one type without losing the boundary cases where some symbol occurs zero times.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a portfolio as a function Fin d → ℝ in Mathlib’s stdSimplex; a market is a one-based sequence of vectors of the same type. The coordinate chart maps Rd−1\mathbb R^{d-1}Rd−1 into the simplex, and a scaled restricted Lebesgue measure is pushed forward to define the uniform prior. The chart’s measurability is proved in the definition file. Algorithm 10.1 is a componentwise ratio of real integrals, and the main theorem asserts positive realized wealth. All market vectors on rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T are nonnegative and nonzero. The parameter restrictions d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 make the dimension and printed denominators meaningful.

For Lemma 10.5, quotients use extended nonnegative reals, with a/0=+∞a/0=+\inftya/0=+∞ when a>0a>0a>0 and 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 as printed. Lemma 10.6 is stated for a generic prior concentrated on the simplex, with its ratios in extended nonnegative reals under the same conventions, and with the hypothesis that the normalizing integral of Algorithm 10.1 is positive in every round, which is what makes the algorithm's prediction defined. A comparator with zero wealth is omitted only from the real-log statement, corresponding to log wealth −∞-\infty−∞ in the source. The prior cannot be replaced by an arbitrary point mass: the theorem names the chart-based uniform measure, and the prediction is the exact integral ratio. Contributions proving normalization, support, the integral identity, and the final regret bound are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 10 and Appendix A.2.2. arXiv
7 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Constant-Factor Approximation Algorithm for the Asymmetric Traveling Salesman Problem: The Asymmetric Held–Karp Relaxation Has Integrality Gap at Most 319Research Paper

Motivation

The asymmetric traveling salesman problem (ATSP) asks for a shortest closed walk through every vertex of a directed graph whose edge weights need not be symmetric. It models routing with one-way streets, scheduling with sequence-dependent setup times, and many other problems in which the cost of going from uuu to vvv differs from the cost of going back. Its standard linear relaxation, the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation, is the lower bound used both by exact branch-and-cut codes and by approximation algorithms, and the central question about it is how far it can be from the integer optimum.

Timeline of the approximation ratio and of the integrality gap for ATSP:

  • 1982: Frieze, Galbiati and Maffioli give a log⁡2n\log_2 nlog2​n-approximation by repeated cycle covers.
  • 2010: Asadpour, Goemans, Mądry, Oveis Gharan and Saberi reach O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn) via thin trees (SODA 2010).
  • 2015: Anari and Oveis Gharan bound the integrality gap by poly(log⁡log⁡n)\mathrm{poly}(\log\log n)poly(loglogn), non-constructively; Svensson obtains a constant factor for node-weighted digraphs.
  • 2018: Svensson, Tarnawski and Végh obtain the first constant-factor approximation for general ATSP (STOC 2018); the journal version (J. ACM 2020) states the ratio 506506506 and the integrality gap bound 319319319.
  • 2020: Traub and Vygen improve the ratio to 22+ε22+\varepsilon22+ε and the gap to 222222 (STOC 2020).

The lower bound on the integrality gap remains 222 (Charikar, Goemans and Karloff, 2006).

Setting

A digraph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) has finite vertex and edge sets; each edge has a tail and a head, and parallel edges and loops are allowed. For S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, δ+(S)\delta^+(S)δ+(S) and δ−(S)\delta^-(S)δ−(S) are the edges leaving and entering SSS, and δ(S)=δ+(S)∪δ−(S)\delta(S)=\delta^+(S)\cup\delta^-(S)δ(S)=δ+(S)∪δ−(S). An ATSP input is a strongly connected digraph GGG with a weight function w:E→R≥0w:E\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}w:E→R≥0​.

An edge multiset FFF gives each edge a multiplicity F(e)∈NF(e)\in\mathbb NF(e)∈N; V(F)V(F)V(F) is the set of vertices it touches. FFF is Eulerian if every vertex has as many outgoing as incoming edges of FFF, a subtour if moreover (V(F),F)(V(F),F)(V(F),F) is connected, and a tour if it is a subtour with V(F)=VV(F)=VV(F)=V. Tours are exactly the closed walks visiting every vertex. The weight of FFF is ∑eF(e)w(e)\sum_e F(e)w(e)∑e​F(e)w(e).

The asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) is

min⁡∑e∈Ew(e)x(e)s.t.x(δ+(v))=x(δ−(v)) (v∈V),x(δ(S))≥2 (∅≠S⊊V),x≥0,\min\sum_{e\in E}w(e)x(e)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x(\delta^+(v))=x(\delta^-(v))\ (v\in V),\qquad x(\delta(S))\ge2\ (\emptyset\ne S\subsetneq V),\qquad x\ge0,mine∈E∑​w(e)x(e)s.t.x(δ+(v))=x(δ−(v)) (v∈V),x(δ(S))≥2 (∅=S⊊V),x≥0,

and its optimum is the Held–Karp lower bound.

The mission also uses the paper's intermediate objects: laminarly-weighted instances I=(G,L,x,y)I=(G,\mathcal L,x,y)I=(G,L,x,y), in which L\mathcal LL is a laminar family of sets that are tight for a strictly positive feasible xxx, y≥0y\ge0y≥0 on L\mathcal LL, and the weight of an edge is wI(e)=∑S∈L: e∈δ(S)ySw_I(e)=\sum_{S\in\mathcal L:\,e\in\delta(S)}y_SwI​(e)=∑S∈L:e∈δ(S)​yS​; the value value(I)=2∑S∈LyS\mathrm{value}(I)=2\sum_{S\in\mathcal L}y_Svalue(I)=2∑S∈L​yS​ and the lower bound lbI(U)=∑v∈U2y{v}\mathrm{lb}_I(U)=\sum_{v\in U}2y_{\{v\}}lbI​(U)=∑v∈U​2y{v}​; Subtour Partition Cover and (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β)-lightness; irreducible instances; vertebrate pairs; and quasi-backbones. Each is defined, with the paper's page reference, in the two definition files of the mission.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11.1

For every strongly connected digraph GGG with ∣V∣≥2|V|\ge2∣V∣≥2, every w≥0w\ge0w≥0 and every feasible solution xxx of LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w), there is a tour FFF with

∑e∈EF(e) w(e) ≤ 319∑e∈Ew(e) x(e).\sum_{e\in E}F(e)\,w(e)\ \le\ 319\sum_{e\in E}w(e)\,x(e).e∈E∑​F(e)w(e) ≤ 319e∈E∑​w(e)x(e).

This is the statement that the integrality gap of the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation is at most 319319319.

Milestones

The milestones are the results the paper's §11 combines, in the order it combines them:

  1. Theorem 4.1: Subtour Partition Cover is (2,0)(2,0)(2,0)-light on singleton instances with B=∅B=\emptysetB=∅.
  2. Theorem 5.1: an (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β)-light pair (I,B)(I,B)(I,B) has a tour of weight at most 5α lbI(Bˉ)+β+wI(B)5\alpha\,\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B)+\beta+w_I(B)5αlbI​(Bˉ)+β+wI​(B).
  3. §11: every singleton instance has a tour of weight at most 10 value(I)10\,\mathrm{value}(I)10value(I) (αS′=10\alpha'_S=10αS′​=10).
  4. Theorem 10.1: vertebrate pairs are (4, 2 value(I)+lbI(Bˉ))(4,\,2\,\mathrm{value}(I)+\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B))(4,2value(I)+lbI​(Bˉ))-light.
  5. §11: a vertebrate pair has a tour of weight at most 2 value(I)+21 lbI(Bˉ)+wI(B)2\,\mathrm{value}(I)+21\,\mathrm{lb}_I(\bar B)+w_I(B)2value(I)+21lbI​(Bˉ)+wI​(B) (η′=1+5⋅4\eta'=1+5\cdot4η′=1+5⋅4).
  6. Lemma 9.3: an irreducible instance has a quasi-backbone of weight at most (αS+3) value(I)(\alpha_S+3)\,\mathrm{value}(I)(αS​+3)value(I).
  7. Theorem 9.4: tours on vertebrate pairs give a ρ\rhoρ-bound on irreducible instances, ρ=κ+η(1−δ)+αS+32δ−1\rho=\frac{\kappa+\eta(1-\delta)+\alpha_S+3}{2\delta-1}ρ=2δ−1κ+η(1−δ)+αS​+3​.
  8. Theorem 8.3: a ρ\rhoρ-bound on irreducible instances gives a 2ρ1−δ\frac{2\rho}{1-\delta}1−δ2ρ​-bound on all laminarly-weighted instances.
  9. Lemma 2.2: DUAL(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) has an optimal solution with laminar support.
  10. Theorem 2.4: a bound α value(I)\alpha\,\mathrm{value}(I)αvalue(I) on all laminarly-weighted instances gives α\alphaα times the Held–Karp bound on all ATSP inputs.

Significance

The result shows that the asymmetric Held–Karp relaxation approximates ATSP within a constant factor, which settled a question open since the 1980s and made the relaxation a certified lower bound with bounded loss. The structural steps (reduction to laminarly-weighted instances, Subtour Partition Cover, irreducibility and vertebrate pairs) are the framework on which the later improvement to 222222 by Traub and Vygen is built.

The theorem is proved; to the best of available knowledge none of it has been formalized in a proof assistant. A complete development would give a machine-checked bound on the integrality gap of a central relaxation in combinatorial optimization, and its intermediate statements are reusable for the improved bounds that follow the same framework.

Difficulty

The obvious approaches do not give a constant. Repeated cycle covers lose a factor at each of logarithmically many rounds. Rounding the LP solution through thin trees needs a spanning tree that is thin in every cut, and only polylogarithmic thinness is known. The paper's route is long: the reduction to laminarly-weighted instances needs an uncrossed dual; the reduction from irreducible to general instances and the one from vertebrate pairs to irreducible instances are recursive, applying the assumed algorithm to instances built by contracting or inducing tight sets, so their hypotheses must hold on all instances and not only on the given one; and the lightness bound for vertebrate pairs (Theorem 10.1) rests on a flow-based construction with careful accounting against the laminar family.

Formalization scope

Vertices and edges are finite types; edges carry tail and head maps, so parallel edges (created by contraction) are distinct edges, and loops are allowed and lie in no cut. Edge multisets are functions E→NE\to\mathbb NE→N. Connectivity of a multiset and its components are defined by the reflexive–transitive closure of undirected adjacency along its edges.

Running times are not formalized. Every algorithmic statement is posed in its existential form, as §11 of the paper itself uses it to derive Theorem 11.1: "there is an algorithm returning a tour within ccc" becomes "every instance has a tour within ccc", and an assumed algorithm becomes a hypothesis quantified over instances on all finite vertex and edge types. The algorithmic constants 9(1+ε)9(1+\varepsilon)9(1+ε), 18+ε18+\varepsilon18+ε, 37+36ε37+36\varepsilon37+36ε and 506506506 are therefore not stated; the non-constructive constants 555, 101010 and 212121 of §11 are.

The Held–Karp lower bound is never defined as an infimum: comparisons with it are stated for every feasible xxx, equivalently because the LP optimum is attained. Likewise dSd_SdS​ and DSD_SDS​ in the definition of irreducibility are expressed through walks, without an infimum.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • ∣V∣≥2|V|\ge2∣V∣≥2 in the goal, Theorem 2.4 and every laminarly-weighted instance: on one vertex without a loop no tour exists while LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) has value 000.
  • Partition parts in Subtour Partition Cover are nonempty and different from VVV; for B=∅B=\emptysetB=∅ the one-part partition (V)(V)(V) admits no solution.
  • α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 in Theorem 5.1, which is false without it.
  • αS\alpha_SαS​ in Lemma 9.3 and Theorem 9.4 is a parameter with the hypothesis that singleton instances have tours within αS value\alpha_S\,\mathrm{value}αS​value, instead of the fixed 18+ε18+\varepsilon18+ε.

These choices rule out trivializing formalizations: no instance class in a hypothesis is empty (a two-vertex singleton instance is valid, irreducible and vertebrate), admissible partitions exist for every instance, and LP(G,w)(G,w)(G,w) is feasible for every strongly connected input. The goal assumes none of the milestones.

Out of scope: the polynomial running times, §5's merge-procedure lemmas, the constructions of §7, and Corollaries 11.2–11.4 on the path version, which rest on external reductions. Contributions are welcome on every milestone, and on infrastructure that a complete development needs: LP duality and uncrossing for cut LPs, Eulerian multigraphs and their decomposition into closed walks, and circulations with lower bounds (Hoffman's theorem). The platform's proved LP strong duality (SmaleNinth.lp_strong_duality) is a natural starting point for Lemma 2.2.

Selected references

  • O. Svensson, J. Tarnawski, L. A. Végh, A constant-factor approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, J. ACM 67(6), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1145/3424306 (accepted manuscript: LSE Research Online 106582, https://eprints.lse.ac.uk/106582/)
  • O. Svensson, J. Tarnawski, L. A. Végh, A constant-factor approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, STOC 2018. https://doi.org/10.1145/3188745.3188824
  • V. Traub, J. Vygen, An improved approximation algorithm for ATSP, STOC 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1912.00670
  • A. Asadpour, M. X. Goemans, A. Mądry, S. Oveis Gharan, A. Saberi, An O(log n/log log n)-approximation algorithm for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, SODA 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973075.32
  • A. M. Frieze, G. Galbiati, F. Maffioli, On the worst-case performance of some algorithms for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, Networks 12(1), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1002/net.3230120103
  • M. Charikar, M. X. Goemans, H. Karloff, On the integrality ratio for the asymmetric traveling salesman problem, Math. Oper. Res. 31(2), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0172
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 3: The Projected Stochastic Subgradient Method Is an Approximate Descent Method on the Moreau Envelope for Any StepsizesResearch Paper

Motivation

The projected stochastic subgradient method minimizes an expected loss f(x)=Eξ∼P[f(x,ξ)]f(x) = \mathbb E_{\xi\sim P}[f(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ∼P​[f(x,ξ)] over a closed convex set XXX: it samples a data point, steps against a sampled subgradient, and projects back onto XXX. For convex fff its sample complexity has been known for decades, and for smooth nonconvex fff the stochastic gradient method needs O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) samples to reach gradient norm ε\varepsilonε (Ghadimi–Lan 2013). Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing are neither convex nor smooth — robust phase retrieval, nonlinear regression with an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss, covariance estimation, conditional value-at-risk with smooth losses — but are weakly convex: they become convex after adding a quadratic ρ2∥x∥2\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^22ρ​∥x∥2.

Timeline. Nurminskii (1970s) showed that for weakly convex losses f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) and no constraint the stochastic subgradient method subsequentially converges to a stationary point almost surely, without a rate. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) proved the O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) rate for smooth fff. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 2019) proved the first rate for the plain projected stochastic subgradient method on weakly convex problems, measured by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, and for any nonnegative stepsizes. This is Theorem 3.1 of their paper and the goal of this mission.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. Let X⊆RdX \subseteq \mathbb R^dX⊆Rd be nonempty, closed and convex, and let f:Rd→Rf : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb Rf:Rd→R be ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex (ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0): x↦f(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x \mapsto f(x) + \frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^2x↦f(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex. The problem is

min⁡x∈Xf(x),i.e. min⁡xφ(x), φ=f+δX,\min_{x \in X} f(x), \qquad \text{i.e. } \min_x \varphi(x),\ \varphi = f + \delta_X,x∈Xmin​f(x),i.e. xmin​φ(x), φ=f+δX​,

where δX\delta_XδX​ is 000 on XXX and +∞+\infty+∞ off XXX.

The subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) is the set of vvv with f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥)f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle v, y - x\rangle + o(\|y - x\|)f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥) as y→xy \to xy→x. For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 the Moreau envelope and the proximal point of φ\varphiφ are

φλ(x)=min⁡y∈X{f(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},prox⁡λφ(x)=argmin⁡y∈X{f(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.\varphi_\lambda(x) = \min_{y \in X}\Big\{f(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}, \qquad \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x) = \operatorname*{argmin}_{y \in X}\Big\{f(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}.φλ​(x)=y∈Xmin​{f(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},proxλφ​(x)=y∈Xargmin​{f(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Assumption A (stochastic subgradient oracle): on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) one can draw i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0, \xi_1, \dots \sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P (A1); there are an open set U⊇XU \supseteq XU⊇X and a measurable map GGG with Eξ[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[G(x,\xi)] \in \partial f(x)Eξ​[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x) for all x∈Ux \in Ux∈U (A2); and Eξ∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2\mathbb E_\xi\|G(x,\xi)\|^2 \le L^2Eξ​∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2 for all x∈Xx \in Xx∈X (A3).

Algorithm 3.1 with r=δXr = \delta_Xr=δX​ starts at x0∈Xx_0 \in Xx0​∈X and, for t=0,…,Tt = 0, \dots, Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt\xi_tξt​ and sets xt+1=proj⁡X(xt−αtG(xt,ξt))x_{t+1} = \operatorname{proj}_X(x_t - \alpha_t G(x_t, \xi_t))xt+1​=projX​(xt​−αt​G(xt​,ξt​)) with stepsizes αt≥0\alpha_t \ge 0αt​≥0. It returns xt∗x_{t^*}xt∗​ with t∗t^*t∗ drawn from {0,…,T}\{0, \dots, T\}{0,…,T} with probability αt/∑iαi\alpha_t / \sum_i \alpha_iαt​/∑i​αi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1, (3.4) and (3.5)

For every ρˉ>ρ\bar\rho > \rhoρˉ​>ρ and any stepsizes αt≥0\alpha_t \ge 0αt​≥0 with ∑tαt>0\sum_t \alpha_t > 0∑t​αt​>0,

E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2]≤ρˉρˉ−ρ⋅(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+ρˉL22∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le \frac{\bar\rho}{\bar\rho - \rho}\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + \frac{\bar\rho L^2}{2}\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2]≤ρˉ​−ρρˉ​​⋅∑t=0T​αt​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​L2​∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t = \gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0,

E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)(xt∗)∥2]≤2⋅(φ1/(2ρ)(x0)−min⁡φ)+ρL2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le 2\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + \rho L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)​(xt∗​)∥2]≤2⋅γT+1​(φ1/(2ρ)​(x0​)−minφ)+ρL2γ2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 10): for a closed proper φ\varphiφ, weak convexity, the approximate secant inequality (2.4), the subgradient inequality (2.5) and hypomonotonicity of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ are equivalent.
  2. §3.1, display after (3.8) (pp. 13–14; the display starts on p. 13 and ends on p. 14): for x∈Xx \in Xx∈X and x^=prox⁡φ/ρˉ(x)\hat x = \operatorname{prox}_{\varphi/\bar\rho}(x)x^=proxφ/ρˉ​​(x), f(x)−f(x^)−ρ2∥x−x^∥2≥(ρˉ−ρ)∥x−x^∥2=ρˉ−ρρˉ2∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥2f(x) - f(\hat x) - \frac{\rho}{2}\|x - \hat x\|^2 \ge (\bar\rho - \rho)\|x - \hat x\|^2 = \frac{\bar\rho - \rho}{\bar\rho^2}\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|^2f(x)−f(x^)−2ρ​∥x−x^∥2≥(ρˉ​−ρ)∥x−x^∥2=ρˉ​2ρˉ​−ρ​∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥2.
  3. Lemma 2.2 (p. 11): for λ∈(0,ρ−1)\lambda \in (0, \rho^{-1})λ∈(0,ρ−1) the envelope φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φλ(x)=λ−1(x−prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x) = \lambda^{-1}(x - \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x))∇φλ​(x)=λ−1(x−proxλφ​(x)).
  4. Theorem 3.1, (3.3) (p. 13): the one-step estimate
E[φ1/ρˉ(xt+1)]≤E[φ1/ρˉ(xt)]−αt(ρˉ−ρ)ρˉE[∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2]+αt2ρˉL22.\mathbb E\big[\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t+1})\big] \le \mathbb E\big[\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\big] - \frac{\alpha_t(\bar\rho - \rho)}{\bar\rho}\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2\big] + \frac{\alpha_t^2\bar\rho L^2}{2}.E[φ1/ρˉ​​(xt+1​)]≤E[φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)]−ρˉ​αt​(ρˉ​−ρ)​E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2]+2αt2​ρˉ​L2​.

Significance

The result. The gradient of the Moreau envelope is a near-stationarity measure: ∥∇φλ(x)∥\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|∥∇φλ​(x)∥ small means that xxx is within λ∥∇φλ(x)∥\lambda\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|λ∥∇φλ​(x)∥ of a point x^∈X\hat x \in Xx^∈X with f(x^)≤f(x)f(\hat x) \le f(x)f(x^)≤f(x) and dist⁡(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(0, \partial\varphi(\hat x)) \le \|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|dist(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ​(x)∥. Theorem 3.1 therefore gives O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) sample complexity for finding nearly stationary points of nonsmooth nonconvex constrained stochastic problems, matching the smooth case. Estimate (3.3) shows that the Moreau envelope is an approximate Lyapunov function for the method, and it holds for arbitrary nonnegative stepsizes; Theorem 3.4 of the same paper (the proximal extension) needs αt≤1/ρˉ\alpha_t \le 1/\bar\rhoαt​≤1/ρˉ​ and a worse constant.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization requires the Fréchet subdifferential of extended-valued functions, the Moreau envelope and its smoothness under weak convexity (Lemma 2.2, which the paper cites as standard rather than proving), and a measure-theoretic treatment of the iterates of a stochastic algorithm on a product probability space. Lemma 2.1 and Lemma 2.2 are reused by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious approach — show that f(xt)f(x_t)f(xt​) decreases in expectation — fails: without smoothness, a subgradient step can increase fff by an amount of order αt\alpha_tαt​, not αt2\alpha_t^2αt2​, and no stepsize repairs that. The argument instead tracks the Moreau envelope, which is smooth even though fff is not; the difficulty moves into (i) Lemma 2.2, the C1C^1C1-smoothness of the envelope of a weakly convex function, which is a nontrivial piece of variational analysis, and (ii) the conditional-expectation bookkeeping that turns a one-sample estimate into (3.3) along the random iterates, including the integrability of φ1/ρˉ(xt)\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​) and ∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2, which the paper does not discuss.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). An extended-valued function is encoded by its domain and its real values on the domain; φ=f+δX\varphi = f + \delta_Xφ=f+δX​ is the pair (X,f)(X, f)(X,f), and φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is moreauEnv X f lam, a real infimum over XXX. Lemma 2.2 supplies the attainment and differentiability under which this infimum is the paper's envelope.
  • The projection is a function proj constrained by the published nearest-point predicate SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto X proj. It is not the proximal-point predicate of αtδX\alpha_t\delta_Xαt​δX​, so that αt=0\alpha_t = 0αt​=0 remains meaningful; zero stepsizes are allowed, as in Algorithm 3.1.
  • Randomness. T+1T+1T+1 i.i.d. samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure; E[⋅(xt∗)]\mathbb E[\cdot(x_{t^*})]E[⋅(xt∗​)] is the α\alphaα-weighted average of E[⋅(xt)]\mathbb E[\cdot(x_t)]E[⋅(xt​)], exactly as the paper's proof identifies it. Every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion, since a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000.
  • Added hypotheses. ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 (implicit in φ1/(2ρ)\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}φ1/(2ρ)​ and in λ<ρ−1\lambda < \rho^{-1}λ<ρ−1 of Lemma 2.2); ∑tαt>0\sum_t\alpha_t > 0∑t​αt​>0 in (3.4) (needed for t∗t^*t∗); closedness and properness in Lemmas 2.1–2.2. min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is any lower bound φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ of fff on XXX. The C2C^2C2 clause of Lemma 2.1 is not stated.
  • Erratum. The rearranged display before "Notice that the left-hand-side is precisely …" (p. 14) has an extra factor ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ in its denominator; the statement (3.4), which the goal formalizes, is what the unfolded recursion gives.
  • Ruled out. A formalization with an unconstrained proj, a stochastic subgradient not tied to ∂f\partial f∂f by (A2), expectations without integrability, or min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ as a junk-valued infimum would be trivial or false; each is excluded by the statements' hypotheses and conclusions.
  • Not included. The complexity remarks (3.9)–(3.10) and the paragraph on improved complexity under convexity.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome; Lemma 2.2 and the product-measure bookkeeping for (3.3) are the reusable parts.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120880811
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Type Matching: Under the Modified Monge Condition There Is an Optimal Matching Policy That Respects the Priority Relation ≻MsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many platforms match two sides of a market over time: ride-hailing platforms match riders with drivers, blood banks match donated units with patients, organ allocation matches donors with recipients, and retailers pool inventory across fulfilment centres to serve orders from several regions. Demand and supply arrive in several types (locations, blood groups, quality grades), the reward of a match depends on both types, and whatever is not matched today partly waits for tomorrow. A central operational question is which pairs to match first. Static versions of this question go back to the transportation problem and to Monge sequences: Hoffman (1963) characterized the cost matrices for which a fixed greedy order of the arcs solves a transportation problem.

Hu and Zhou (arXiv:1811.07048, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 24(1), 2022) extend this to a stochastic, multi-period setting. They identify conditions on the rewards, the (weak) modified Monge conditions, under which an optimal dynamic policy matches a dominant pair before the neighbouring pairs it dominates. This mission formalizes their main structural result, Theorem 1, and the chain of results it rests on.

Setting

There are mmm demand types D={1,…,m}\mathcal D=\{1,\dots,m\}D={1,…,m}, nnn supply types S={1,…,n}\mathcal S=\{1,\dots,n\}S={1,…,n}, and TTT periods t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. In period ttt the state is a pair of vectors (x,y)∈R+m×R+n(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\in\mathbb R^m_+\times\mathbb R^n_+(x,y)∈R+m​×R+n​ of available demand and supply. The firm chooses a matching decision Q=(qij)∈Rm×n\mathbf Q=(q_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}Q=(qij​)∈Rm×n, collecting the reward

Rt∘Q=∑i=1m∑j=1nrijtqij,\mathbf R^t\circ\mathbf Q=\sum_{i=1}^m\sum_{j=1}^n r^t_{ij}q_{ij},Rt∘Q=i=1∑m​j=1∑n​rijt​qij​,

where the rewards rijtr^t_{ij}rijt​ are arbitrary real numbers. The post-matching levels are ui=xi−∑jqiju_i=x_i-\sum_j q_{ij}ui​=xi​−∑j​qij​ and vj=yj−∑iqijv_j=y_j-\sum_i q_{ij}vj​=yj​−∑i​qij​, and Q\mathbf QQ is feasible if Q≥0\mathbf Q\ge0Q≥0, u≥0\mathbf u\ge0u≥0 and v≥0\mathbf v\ge0v≥0. A fraction α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] of unmatched demand and β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1] of unmatched supply carries over, and new random quantities (Dt+1,St+1)≥0(\mathbf D^{t+1},\mathbf S^{t+1})\ge0(Dt+1,St+1)≥0 arrive. The value function VtV_tVt​ is defined by the dynamic program

Vt(x,y)=max⁡Q feasibleHt(Q,x,y),Ht(Q,x,y)=Rt∘Q+E Vt+1(αu+Dt+1,βv+St+1),V_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)=\max_{\mathbf Q\ \text{feasible}}H_t(\mathbf Q,\mathbf x,\mathbf y),\qquad H_t(\mathbf Q,\mathbf x,\mathbf y)=\mathbf R^t\circ\mathbf Q+\mathbb E\,V_{t+1}(\alpha\mathbf u+\mathbf D^{t+1},\beta\mathbf v+\mathbf S^{t+1}),Vt​(x,y)=Q feasiblemax​Ht​(Q,x,y),Ht​(Q,x,y)=Rt∘Q+EVt+1​(αu+Dt+1,βv+St+1),

with VT+1≡0V_{T+1}\equiv0VT+1​≡0. A matching policy assigns a feasible decision Qt(x,y)\mathbf Q^t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)Qt(x,y) to every period and state; it is optimal if each of these decisions maximizes HtH_tHt​.

Two neighbouring pairs are compared by the relation ≻M\succ_{\mathcal M}≻M​. For i′≠ii'\ne ii′=i, (i,j)≻M(i′,j)(i,j)\succ_{\mathcal M}(i',j)(i,j)≻M​(i′,j) means rijt>ri′jtr^t_{ij}>r^t_{i'j}rijt​>ri′jt​ for all ttt, and rijt−ri′jt≥α(rij′′t+1−ri′j′′t+1)r^t_{ij}-r^t_{i'j}\ge\alpha(r^{t+1}_{ij''}-r^{t+1}_{i'j''})rijt​−ri′jt​≥α(rij′′t+1​−ri′j′′t+1​) for all t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1 and all j′′j''j′′; the relation (i,j)≻M(i,j′)(i,j)\succ_{\mathcal M}(i,j')(i,j)≻M​(i,j′) is defined symmetrically with β\betaβ. The modified Monge condition requires rijt+ri′j′t≥rij′t+ri′jtr^t_{ij}+r^t_{i'j'}\ge r^t_{ij'}+r^t_{i'j}rijt​+ri′j′t​≥rij′t​+ri′jt​ whenever (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) dominates both (i′,j)(i',j)(i′,j) and (i,j′)(i,j')(i,j′); the paper then writes ≻Ms\succ_{\mathcal M_s}≻Ms​​. For a pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), let aia_iai​ be the type-iii demand left after matching iii through all pairs that (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) does not dominate, and bjb_jbj​ the analogous supply residual. A decision respects ≻Ms\succ_{\mathcal M_s}≻Ms​​ if (i,j)≻(i′,j)(i,j)\succ(i',j)(i,j)≻(i′,j) implies qi′j=0q_{i'j}=0qi′j​=0 or ai=0a_i=0ai​=0, and (i,j)≻(i,j′)(i,j)\succ(i,j')(i,j)≻(i,j′) implies qij′=0q_{ij'}=0qij′​=0 or bj=0b_j=0bj​=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 12)

Under the modified Monge condition there is a single policy PPP such that, for all 1≤t≤T1\le t\le T1≤t≤T and all x,y≥0\mathbf x,\mathbf y\ge0x,y≥0,

Pt(x,y) is optimalandPt(x,y) respects ≻Ms.P_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\ \text{is optimal}\quad\text{and}\quad P_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\ \text{respects}\ \succ_{\mathcal M_s}.Pt​(x,y) is optimalandPt​(x,y) respects ≻Ms​​.

Milestones

  • Proposition 1 (p. 10): VtV_tVt​ and HtH_tHt​ are continuous and concave, and an optimal policy exists.
  • Lemma A.1 (Online Appendix A, p. 1): shifting ε\varepsilonε units of demand from type iii to type i′i'i′ (or of supply from jjj to j′j'j′) changes VtV_tVt​ by at least −∑τ∑j′λj′τ(rij′τ−ri′j′τ)-\sum_\tau\sum_{j'}\lambda^\tau_{j'}(r^\tau_{ij'}-r^\tau_{i'j'})−∑τ​∑j′​λj′τ​(rij′τ​−ri′j′τ​) for some nonnegative multipliers with ∑τα−(τ−t)∑j′λj′τ≤ε\sum_\tau\alpha^{-(\tau-t)}\sum_{j'}\lambda^\tau_{j'}\le\varepsilon∑τ​α−(τ−t)∑j′​λj′τ​≤ε.
  • Lemma A.2 (p. 3): transferring matching quantity from a dominated pair to a dominant one weakly increases HtH_tHt​.
  • Theorem 2 (p. 28): without the Monge condition, some optimal policy weakly respects ≻M\succ_{\mathcal M}≻M​: qi′j=0q_{i'j}=0qi′j​=0 or ui=0u_i=0ui​=0, and qij′=0q_{ij'}=0qij′​=0 or vj=0v_j=0vj​=0.
  • Monge exchange (proof of Theorem 1, p. 4): the transfer Q+ε(eij+ei′j′−ei′j−eij′)\mathbf Q+\varepsilon(\mathbf e_{ij}+\mathbf e_{i'j'}-\mathbf e_{i'j}-\mathbf e_{ij'})Q+ε(eij​+ei′j′​−ei′j​−eij′​) stays feasible and weakly increases HtH_tHt​.
  • Properties (i)–(iii) imply compatibility (proof of Theorem 1, p. 5).

Significance

Theorem 1 replaces the search over all optimal policies, which are state-dependent and generally complex, by a priority structure: whenever (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) dominates a neighbour, the neighbour is matched only once the residual capacity of (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is exhausted. The paper derives from it the optimality of greedy matching for "perfect" pairs (Proposition 2), the priority order for horizontal (distance-based) and vertical (quality-based) reward structures, and the match-down-to threshold structure of the optimal policy in those models. These results generalize inventory rationing and capacity allocation with upgrading.

The result is proved in the paper, but not completely: the limit argument in the printed proofs of Theorems 1 and 2 ("the quantity transferred converges to zero") is not justified, and Proposition 1 has no printed proof in this version. A machine-checked development would close these gaps and would provide a reusable finite-horizon model with continuous states, concave value functions and an exchange-argument toolkit. No part of this mission is known to be formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious argument starts from an optimal decision and repeatedly applies the transfers of Lemma A.2 and the Monge exchange. Each transfer preserves optimality, but nothing in the printed argument guarantees that the procedure terminates or that its limit has the required property: transfers of different kinds can undo each other's progress, and with equal rewards they can cycle forever. A complete proof has to select the right optimal decision without relying on such an iteration. Before that, the dynamic program itself needs care: the value function is a supremum of an expectation of the next value function, so continuity, concavity, measurability and integrability have to be established together by backward induction, and attainment of the maximum is needed for any optimal policy to exist. Lemma A.1 is a further backward induction in which the multipliers become random and must be averaged.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace DynTypeMatching.Priority. Types are Fin m and Fin n; states are Fin m → ℝ, Fin n → ℝ; decisions are Fin m → Fin n → ℝ. Periods are natural numbers with the paper's 1-based indexing, and Vt=0V_t=0Vt​=0 for t>Tt>Tt>T. A model Model m n carries TTT, the rewards, α\alphaα, β\betaβ and one arrival law per period on Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn. The paper permits exogenous correlation between periods; its recursion (1) uses per-period laws and does not specify a joint arrival process. The expectation in HtH_tHt​ is over the law of the arrivals entering period t+1t+1t+1.

Every result assumes Model.WellPosed: each arrival law is a probability measure, supported on the nonnegative orthant and integrable, and 0≤α,β≤10\le\alpha,\beta\le10≤α,β≤1. Integrability is not stated in the paper, but without it the expectation in (1) is undefined. The value function is a real supremum and the expectation a Bochner integral, so outside the nonnegative orthant, or for non-integrable integrands, Lean returns the junk value 0. All statements therefore quantify over nonnegative states and feasible decisions.

The following hypotheses are added relative to the page, and each is disclosed in the item where it occurs:

  • Definition 1(i) is strict, rijt>ri′jtr^t_{ij}>r^t_{i'j}rijt​>ri′jt​, and the neighbours are distinct. With the printed weak inequality, Theorems 1 and 2 are false. Take m=3m=3m=3, n=1n=1n=1, T=1T=1T=1, all rewards equal to 2, x=(0,1,1)\mathbf x=(0,1,1)x=(0,1,1), y=(1)\mathbf y=(1)y=(1). Then types 2 and 3 dominate each other, every optimal decision matches one unit, and no such decision respects the relation.
  • Definition 1(ii) is required only for t+1≤Tt+1\le Tt+1≤T, because rT+1r^{T+1}rT+1 is not part of the model.
  • Lemma A.1 assumes α>0\alpha>0α>0 in part (i) and β>0\beta>0β>0 in part (ii), because α−(τ−t)\alpha^{-(\tau-t)}α−(τ−t) is undefined at α=0\alpha=0α=0.
  • Lemma A.2 assumes that Q\mathbf QQ itself is feasible.

Several printed index slips are corrected: the doubled εeij\varepsilon\mathbf e_{ij}εeij​ in the Monge exchange, the index ranges in Lemma A.1, and "and" for "or" in the compatibility step.

An optimal decision is defined as a feasible maximizer of HtH_tHt​ over feasible decisions, not through the equation Vt=HtV_t=H_tVt​=Ht​. This rules out a trivializing reading of the goal: a decision that respects the relation but is not optimal (for instance Q=0\mathbf Q=0Q=0) does not satisfy it. The goal asserts one policy that is optimal and compatible at the same time.

A complete development needs measurable-function and Bochner-integral calculus on finite-dimensional spaces, concavity and continuity of parametric suprema over polytopes, and compactness arguments for attainment. The model and the exchange lemmas are reusable for later missions on this paper (greedy matching, horizontal and vertical models). Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • Ming Hu, Yun Zhou, Dynamic Type Matching, arXiv:1811.07048v1, 2018; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 24(1), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.07048 · https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2020.0952
  • Alan J. Hoffman, On simple linear programming problems, Convexity, Proc. Symposia in Pure Mathematics 7, AMS, 1963, 317–327. https://doi.org/10.1090/pspum/007/0157783
  • Rainer E. Burkard, Bettina Klinz, Rüdiger Rudolf, Perspectives of Monge properties in optimization, Discrete Applied Mathematics 70(2), 1996, 95–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-218X(95)00103-X
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 2: The Proximal Stochastic Subgradient Method Drives E‖∇φ_{1/ρ̄}(x_{t*})‖² to Zero at Rate O(1/√T)Research Paper

Motivation

The proximal stochastic subgradient method is the workhorse of large-scale learning: to minimize a regularized population risk φ(x)=f(x)+r(x)\varphi(x) = f(x) + r(x)φ(x)=f(x)+r(x) with f(x)=Eξ∼P[f(x,ξ)]f(x) = \mathbb E_{\xi \sim P}[f(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ∼P​[f(x,ξ)], it samples a data point, takes a step against a sampled subgradient of fff, and applies the proximal map of the regularizer rrr. Its sample complexity is classical for convex problems (O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) samples for function accuracy ε\varepsilonε) and for smooth nonconvex problems (O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) samples for gradient norm ε\varepsilonε, Ghadimi–Lan 2013). For problems that are both nonsmooth and nonconvex, however, no complexity bound was known for any reasonably broad class before Davis–Drusvyatskiy 2019.

Many such problems — robust phase retrieval, nonlinear least squares with an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss, conditional value-at-risk minimization with smooth losses, covariance estimation — are weakly convex: they become convex after adding a quadratic ρ2∥x∥2\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^22ρ​∥x∥2. This mission formalizes the complexity guarantee of Davis and Drusvyatskiy for the proximal stochastic subgradient method on weakly convex problems.

Timeline. Nurminskii (1973) showed that for weakly convex f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) and r=0r = 0r=0 the stochastic subgradient method has limit points that are stationary, without a rate. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) proved the O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) rate for smooth fff. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv 2018, SIAM J. Optim. 2019) proved the first rate for the proximal stochastic subgradient method under weak convexity, measured by the gradient of the Moreau envelope; this is Theorem 3.4 of their paper.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. Let r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} be closed (its epigraph is closed) and convex, with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD = \operatorname{dom} rD=domr, and let f:Rd→Rf : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb Rf:Rd→R be ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex: x↦f(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x \mapsto f(x) + \frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^2x↦f(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex. Set φ=f+r\varphi = f + rφ=f+r.

The subdifferential ∂ψ(x)\partial\psi(x)∂ψ(x) of a function ψ\psiψ at a point xxx of its domain is the set of vectors vvv with ψ(y)≥ψ(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥)\psi(y) \ge \psi(x) + \langle v, y - x\rangle + o(\|y - x\|)ψ(y)≥ψ(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩+o(∥y−x∥) as y→xy \to xy→x; it is empty off the domain. For λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 the Moreau envelope and the proximal map are

ψλ(x)=min⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},prox⁡λψ(x)=argmin⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.\psi_\lambda(x) = \min_y \Big\{\psi(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}, \qquad \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\psi}(x) = \operatorname*{argmin}_y \Big\{\psi(y) + \tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y - x\|^2\Big\}.ψλ​(x)=ymin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},proxλψ​(x)=yargmin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Assumption A (stochastic subgradient oracle): on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P) one can draw i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0, \xi_1, \dots \sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P (A1); there are an open set U⊇DU \supseteq DU⊇D and a measurable map GGG with Eξ[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[G(x,\xi)] \in \partial f(x)Eξ​[G(x,ξ)]∈∂f(x) for all x∈Ux \in Ux∈U (A2); and Eξ∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2\mathbb E_\xi\|G(x,\xi)\|^2 \le L^2Eξ​∥G(x,ξ)∥2≤L2 for all x∈Dx \in Dx∈D (A3).

Algorithm 3.1 starts at x0∈Dx_0 \in Dx0​∈D and, for t=0,…,Tt = 0, \dots, Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt\xi_tξt​ and sets xt+1=prox⁡αtr(xt−αtG(xt,ξt))x_{t+1} = \operatorname{prox}_{\alpha_t r}(x_t - \alpha_t G(x_t, \xi_t))xt+1​=proxαt​r​(xt​−αt​G(xt​,ξt​)). It returns xt∗x_{t^*}xt∗​ with t∗t^*t∗ drawn from {0,…,T}\{0, \dots, T\}{0,…,T} with probability αt/∑iαi\alpha_t / \sum_i \alpha_iαt​/∑i​αi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4, (3.15) and (3.16)

For ρˉ∈(ρ,2ρ]\bar\rho \in (\rho, 2\rho]ρˉ​∈(ρ,2ρ] and stepsizes αt∈(0,1/ρˉ]\alpha_t \in (0, 1/\bar\rho]αt​∈(0,1/ρˉ​],

E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2]≤ρˉρˉ−ρ⋅(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+2ρˉL2∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le \frac{\bar\rho}{\bar\rho - \rho}\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + 2\bar\rho L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2]≤ρˉ​−ρρˉ​​⋅∑t=0T​αt​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​L2∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t = \gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ∈(0,12ρ]\gamma \in (0, \frac{1}{2\rho}]γ∈(0,2ρ1​],

E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)(xt∗)∥2]≤2⋅(φ1/(2ρ)(x0)−min⁡φ)+4ρL2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_{t^*})\|^2\big] \le 2\cdot\frac{\big(\varphi_{1/(2\rho)}(x_0) - \min\varphi\big) + 4\rho L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[∥∇φ1/(2ρ)​(xt∗​)∥2]≤2⋅γT+1​(φ1/(2ρ)​(x0​)−minφ)+4ρL2γ2​.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: Lemma 2.1 (subdifferential characterization of weak convexity), the existence of v^t∈∂f(x^t)\hat v_t \in \partial f(\hat x_t)v^t​∈∂f(x^t​) with ρˉ(xt−x^t)∈∂r(x^t)+v^t\bar\rho(x_t - \hat x_t) \in \partial r(\hat x_t) + \hat v_tρˉ​(xt​−x^t​)∈∂r(x^t​)+v^t​ (§3.2), Lemma 3.2 (x^t\hat x_tx^t​ is a proximal point of rrr), Lemma 3.3 (one-step contraction towards x^t\hat x_tx^t​), Lemma 2.2 (the envelope is C1C^1C1 with ∇φλ(x)=λ−1(x−prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x) = \lambda^{-1}(x - \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x))∇φλ​(x)=λ−1(x−proxλφ​(x))), and the one-step descent estimate (3.14).

Significance

The result. A small ∥∇φλ(x)∥\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|∥∇φλ​(x)∥ certifies that xxx is within λ∥∇φλ(x)∥\lambda\|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|λ∥∇φλ​(x)∥ of a point x^\hat xx^ with φ(x^)≤φ(x)\varphi(\hat x) \le \varphi(x)φ(x^)≤φ(x) and dist⁡(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(0, \partial\varphi(\hat x)) \le \|\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)\|dist(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φλ​(x)∥. Theorem 3.4 therefore gives a sample complexity of O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) for reaching an ε\varepsilonε-nearly stationary point, matching the smooth rate, for a method that is run in practice without modification. The underlying observation — the method is an approximate descent method on the Moreau envelope — is reused in the paper's model-based analysis (Theorem 4.3) and in subsequent work on stochastic nonsmooth nonconvex optimization.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A complete development produces reusable infrastructure: the Fréchet subdifferential of extended-valued functions, weak convexity and its subgradient characterization, Moreau envelopes of weakly convex functions and their differentiability, nonexpansiveness of convex proximal maps, and the bookkeeping of iterates driven by i.i.d. samples under a product measure.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — show that φ(xt)\varphi(x_t)φ(xt​) decreases in expectation — fails: neither φ(xt)−min⁡φ\varphi(x_t) - \min\varphiφ(xt​)−minφ nor dist⁡(0,∂φ(xt))\operatorname{dist}(0, \partial\varphi(x_t))dist(0,∂φ(xt​)) need tend to zero, and the latter is discontinuous in xxx. Progress must be measured on the Moreau envelope, which requires comparing the iterate xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ with the proximal point x^t\hat x_tx^t​ of φ\varphiφ, not of rrr. In Lean, the heaviest single ingredient is Lemma 2.2 (differentiability of the envelope of an extended-valued weakly convex function), and the direction 4⇒14 \Rightarrow 14⇒1 of Lemma 2.1, which in the paper rests on Rockafellar–Wets' characterization of convexity by monotonicity of the subdifferential.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). An extended-valued function is a pair (domain DDD, real values on DDD); closedness is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, ψ(x)≤t}\{(x,t) : x \in D,\ \psi(x) \le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, ψ(x)≤t}. The subdifferential is the published regular subgradient NonconvexSplitting.Shared.IsRegularSubgrad of the +∞+\infty+∞-extended lift.
  • Proximal map. prox a z is a function constrained, for every a>0a > 0a>0, to return a minimizer over DDD of r(y)+12a∥y−z∥2r(y) + \frac{1}{2a}\|y - z\|^2r(y)+2a1​∥y−z∥2; this determines it uniquely.
  • Randomness. The samples ξ0,…,ξT\xi_0, \dots, \xi_Tξ0​,…,ξT​ form a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure P⊗(T+1)P^{\otimes(T+1)}P⊗(T+1); E\mathbb EE is the Bochner integral, and every bounded expectation is accompanied by a conclusion that its integrand is integrable. The conditional expectation Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in Lemma 3.3 is the integral over one sample with the iterate held fixed.
  • Output index. Because t∗t^*t∗ is independent of the samples, E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2 is the α\alphaα-weighted average of E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2, as in the paper's (3.17).
  • min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is an arbitrary real lower bound φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ of φ\varphiφ on DDD.
  • Corrected constant in (3.14). The paper prints the last term of (3.14) as αt2ρˉL2\alpha_t^2\bar\rho L^2αt2​ρˉ​L2; its proof, and the unfolded sum leading to (3.15), give 2αt2ρˉL22\alpha_t^2\bar\rho L^22αt2​ρˉ​L2, and that is what is stated. (3.15) and (3.16) are stated as printed.
  • Lemma 2.1 is stated for items 1–4; the clause for C2C^2C2-smooth functions is not stated. Lemma 2.2 adds the implicit hypotheses that φ\varphiφ is closed and proper, and includes existence and uniqueness of the proximal point.
  • Ruling out trivializations. The proximal map is tied to rrr, GGG is tied to ∂f\partial f∂f by (A2), min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is not a real infimum, and integrability is concluded, so neither a junk value nor an unconstrained selection can make the statements hold vacuously; the hypotheses are satisfied by r=f=0r = f = 0r=f=0, G=0G = 0G=0.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on Moreau envelopes of weakly convex functions, and the nonexpansiveness of convex proximal maps on a closed convex domain.

Selected references

  • D. Davis and D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • S. Ghadimi and G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120880811
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A Stochastic Approximation Method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22(3), 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 4: Under Convexity, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization Reaches Expected Function Gap (½‖x₀−x*‖² + L²γ²)/(γ√(T+1))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing take the form of minimizing an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), where the only access to fff is through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The classical tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner part of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). In experiments the richer models are markedly less sensitive to the choice of step size.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization, in which each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff plus rrr plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) covers weakly convex problems through the Moreau envelope. This mission formalizes the companion result for the convex setting, Theorem 4.1: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation without quadratic error and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is convex, the expected function gap at a weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​. As the paper notes (p. 22), for the stochastic proximal subgradient method this improves earlier bounds (Cruz 2017; Duchi–Singer 2009) because no subgradient norm of rrr enters the estimate.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 is ordinary convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=0\eta=0η=0. Write αt=βt−1>0\alpha_t=\beta_t^{-1}>0αt​=βt−1​>0 for the step sizes and let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, (4.17) and (4.18)

For every T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(1∑t=0Tαt∑t=0Tαtxt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0Tαt2∑t=0Tαt,\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t}\textstyle\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t x_{t+1}\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t^2}{\sum_{t=0}^T\alpha_t},E[φ(∑t=0T​αt​1​∑t=0T​αt​xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤∑t=0T​αt​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2∑t=0T​αt2​​,

and with the constant step αt=γ/T+1\alpha_t=\gamma/\sqrt{T+1}αt​=γ/T+1​, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0,

E[φ(1T+1∑t=1T+1xt)−φ(x∗)]≤12∥x0−x∗∥2+2L2γ2γT+1.\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\tfrac{1}{T+1}\textstyle\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\frac12\|x_0-x^*\|^2+2\mathsf L^2\gamma^2}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}.E[φ(T+11​∑t=1T+1​xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤γT+1​21​∥x0​−x∗∥2+2L2γ2​.

The factor 222 in front of L2\mathsf L^2L2 is the constant the paper's proof establishes; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8): for every x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr, with xtx_txt​ fixed and Et\mathbb E_tEt​ the expectation over ξt\xi_tξt​,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.1, first display (p. 23): 2αtE[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1−x∗∥2+4L2αt22\alpha_t\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\mathbb E\|x_t-x^*\|^2-\mathbb E\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2+4\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22αt​E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤E∥xt​−x∗∥2−E∥xt+1​−x∗∥2+4L2αt2​.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the function-value guarantee of the model-based framework. Theorem 4.3 measures progress by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, which is the right quantity for nonconvex problems but says nothing directly about suboptimality; under convexity, Theorem 4.1 gives the familiar O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) rate for the gap itself. It applies to the stochastic proximal point and prox-linear methods as well as to the proximal subgradient method, and §4.2 of the paper uses it for minimizing an expectation of a pointwise maximum of convex functions, such as the conditional value-at-risk. The estimate (4.8) behind it is also the engine of the strongly convex rate O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) (Theorem 4.2, a separate mission of this series).

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The formalization contributes a checked version of the one-step estimate (4.8) with its corrected constant, a reusable Lean encoding of Assumption B and of Algorithm 4.1 with extended-valued rrr, and the passage from conditional one-step bounds to expectations over the product measure of the samples.

Difficulty

The argument is short on paper; the work lies in the measure theory the paper leaves implicit. The iterate xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is an argmin that depends on xtx_txt​ and on the fresh sample ξt\xi_tξt​, and the one-step estimate holds only conditionally, with xtx_txt​ frozen. Turning it into an inequality between unconditional expectations requires measurability of the iterates, independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from the past, and integrability of φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) and ∥xt+1−x∗∥2\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2∥xt+1​−x∗∥2, which the paper takes for granted. The convex function φ\varphiφ is extended-valued, so the function gap is meaningful only because every iterate and every average lies in dom⁡r\operatorname{dom}rdomr.

A naive one-step argument that bounds f(xt)−f(xt+1)f(x_t)-f(x_{t+1})f(xt​)−f(xt+1​) and fxt(xt,ξt)−fxt(xt+1,ξt)f_{x_t}(x_t,\xi_t)-f_{x_t}(x_{t+1},\xi_t)fxt​​(xt​,ξt​)−fxt​​(xt+1​,ξt​) separately, each by a Lipschitz constant times ∥xt+1−xt∥\|x_{t+1}-x_t\|∥xt+1​−xt​∥, gives the constant 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and not the printed 2L22\mathsf L^22L2. The printed constant is false (see below), so the constant cannot be improved simply by tightening that one step.

Formalization scope

  • Space and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is a real function together with its domain D; closedness of rrr is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}, and convexity is ConvexOn ℝ D. L\mathsf LL is L and L(ξ)L(\xi)L(ξ) is Lfun.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure P⊗(T+1)P^{\otimes(T+1)}P⊗(T+1); expectations are Bochner integrals. Every theorem that bounds an expectation also concludes integrability of the integrand, so the junk value 000 of a non-integrable integral cannot make a bound hold vacuously. The single-step estimate (4.8) holds xtx_txt​ fixed and integrates over one sample; integrability of r(xt+1)r(x_{t+1})r(xt+1​) is a hypothesis there, and a conclusion in the run-level statements, where the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ supplies the lower bound.
  • Algorithm. The iterates are the run of an update map that always lies in DDD, is jointly measurable, and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample. An unconstrained update map would make the goal false; this one is pinned to the paper's step. x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U is assumed, since the model is only defined on UUU. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates, and requiring βt>ρˉ>τ+η=0\beta_t>\bar\rho>\tau+\eta=0βt​>ρˉ​>τ+η=0 over the steps used is the same as αt>0\alpha_t>0αt​>0.
  • Minimizer. x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D with φ(x∗)≤φ(y)\varphi(x^*)\le\varphi(y)φ(x∗)≤φ(y) for all y∈Dy\in Dy∈D. A minimizer of fff alone, or an arbitrary point, would trivialize the goal; convexity of φ\varphiφ is not assumed separately, since it follows from Lemma 4.1.
  • Corrected constant (paper typo). The paper prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)) in (4.8), 2L2αt22\mathsf L^2\alpha_t^22L2αt2​ in the first display of the proof of Theorem 4.1, and L2\mathsf L^2L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Its own proof of (4.8) (p. 21) bounds the error terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)). The printed (4.8) and the printed first display fail on a one-dimensional example (r=0r=0r=0, f=∣⋅∣f=|\cdot|f=∣⋅∣, a linear model with slope ±1\pm1±1 at the origin, β=1\beta=1β=1). The Lean statements carry the constants the proof establishes: 4L24\mathsf L^24L2 in (4.8) and the display, 2L22\mathsf L^22L2 in (4.17)–(4.18). Whether the printed (4.17) holds by a sharper argument is not settled here; the milestone texts quote the page verbatim.
  • Needed infrastructure. Product measures and independence of coordinates (Measure.pi), Fubini–Tonelli over Ωt×Ω\Omega^{t}\times\OmegaΩt×Ω, measurability of the run, Jensen's inequality for a convex function on a convex set, and strong convexity of the subproblem. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are a general "conditional one-step bound to expectation over the run" lemma reusable by the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • J. Duchi, Y. Singer, Efficient online and batch learning using forward backward splitting, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 10:2899–2934, 2009. https://jmlr.org/papers/v10/duchi09a.html
  • J. Cruz, On proximal subgradient splitting method for minimizing the sum of two nonsmooth convex functions, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 25:245–263, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-016-0376-5
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 5: Under μ-Strong Convexity, Model-Based Minimization with β_t = μ(t+1)/2 Reaches Expected Function Gap O(1/(μT))Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning and signal processing minimize an expectation f(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]f(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]f(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] plus a regularizer or constraint r(x)r(x)r(x), with access to fff only through samples ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. The standard tool is the stochastic (proximal) subgradient method, which replaces fff at the current point by a random linear function. Two other methods use richer local approximations: the stochastic proximal point method keeps the whole sampled loss F(⋅,ξ)F(\cdot,\xi)F(⋅,ξ), and the stochastic prox-linear method linearizes only the smooth inner map of a composite loss h(c(x,ξ))h(c(x,\xi))h(c(x,ξ)). The richer models are markedly less sensitive to the step size in practice.

Davis and Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) treat all three methods as instances of one scheme, stochastic model-based minimization: each step minimizes a sampled one-sided model fxt(⋅,ξt)f_{x_t}(\cdot,\xi_t)fxt​​(⋅,ξt​) of fff, plus rrr, plus a quadratic penalty. Their main theorem (Theorem 4.3) concerns weakly convex problems. This mission formalizes the companion result for the strongly convex setting, Theorem 4.2: when the models lower-bound fff in expectation and fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is μ\muμ-strongly convex, the expected function gap at a nonuniformly weighted average of the iterates decays like 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT). The weighting is the technique of Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach (2012) for the projected stochastic subgradient method; the paper extends it to the fully proximal, model-based setting (p. 23).

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. The problem is

min⁡x∈Rd φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}\ \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x),x∈Rdmin​ φ(x):=f(x)+r(x),

where f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is locally Lipschitz and r:Rd→R∪{+∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{+∞} is closed (its epigraph is closed) with nonempty domain D=dom⁡rD=\operatorname{dom}rD=domr. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac\rho2\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex; a negative modulus ρ=−μ\rho=-\muρ=−μ is μ\muμ-strong convexity.

Assumption B (p. 18) fixes a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), an open convex set U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D, real constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, a measurable model (x,y,ξ)↦fx(y,ξ)(x,y,\xi)\mapsto f_x(y,\xi)(x,y,ξ)↦fx​(y,ξ) on U×U×ΩU\times U\times\OmegaU×U×Ω and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that:

  1. (B1) i.i.d. samples ξ0,ξ1,⋯∼P\xi_0,\xi_1,\dots\sim Pξ0​,ξ1​,⋯∼P can be drawn;
  2. (B2) Eξ[fx(x,ξ)]=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(x,\xi)]=f(x)Eξ​[fx​(x,ξ)]=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U;
  3. (B3) fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for every x∈Ux\in Ux∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ;
  4. (B4) E[L(ξ)2]≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E[L(\xi)^2]}\le\mathsf LE[L(ξ)2]​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥ for x,y∈Ux,y\in Ux,y∈U and almost every ξ\xiξ.

Algorithm 4.1 (p. 19) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T, samples ξt∼P\xi_t\sim Pξt​∼P and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x}\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\frac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

The strongly convex setting is τ=0\tau=0τ=0 and η=−μ\eta=-\muη=−μ with μ>0\mu>0μ>0, run with βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2. Let x∗x^*x∗ be any minimizer of φ\varphiφ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For every integer T>0T>0T>0,

E[φ(2(T+2)(T+3)−2∑t=1T+1(t+1) xt)−φ(x∗)]≤μ∥x0−x∗∥2(T+2)2+16L2μ(T+2),\mathbb E\Big[\varphi\Big(\frac{2}{(T+2)(T+3)-2}\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}(t+1)\,x_t\Big)-\varphi(x^*)\Big]\le\frac{\mu\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{(T+2)^2}+\frac{16\mathsf L^2}{\mu(T+2)},E[φ((T+2)(T+3)−22​t=1∑T+1​(t+1)xt​)−φ(x∗)]≤(T+2)2μ∥x0​−x∗∥2​+μ(T+2)16L2​,

together with integrability of the function inside the expectation. The paper prints 8L28\mathsf L^28L2; see Formalization scope.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1 (p. 18): φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥|f(x)-f(y)|\le\mathsf L\|x-y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤L∥x−y∥ on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.8) (p. 20): for a fixed current point xtx_txt​ and any x∈dom⁡rx\in\operatorname{dom}rx∈domr,
Et∥xt+1−x∥2≤βt+τβt−η∥xt−x∥2−2βt−ηEt[φ(xt+1)−φ(x)]+4L2βt(βt−η).\mathbb E_t\|x_{t+1}-x\|^2\le\frac{\beta_t+\tau}{\beta_t-\eta}\|x_t-x\|^2-\frac{2}{\beta_t-\eta}\mathbb E_t[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x)]+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta)}.Et​∥xt+1​−x∥2≤βt​−ηβt​+τ​∥xt​−x∥2−βt​−η2​Et​[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x)]+βt​(βt​−η)4L2​.
  1. Proof of Theorem 4.2, first display (p. 23): with Δt=12E∥x∗−xt∥2\Delta_t=\frac12\mathbb E\|x^*-x_t\|^2Δt​=21​E∥x∗−xt​∥2,
E[φ(xt+1)−φ(x∗)]≤βtΔt−(βt+μ)Δt+1+2L2βt.\mathbb E[\varphi(x_{t+1})-\varphi(x^*)]\le\beta_t\Delta_t-(\beta_t+\mu)\Delta_{t+1}+\frac{2\mathsf L^2}{\beta_t}.E[φ(xt+1​)−φ(x∗)]≤βt​Δt​−(βt​+μ)Δt+1​+βt​2L2​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 is the O(1/(μT))O(1/(\mu T))O(1/(μT)) rate for a whole family of stochastic methods at once: the stochastic proximal point, prox-linear and proximal subgradient methods all satisfy Assumption B (§4.2 of the paper). The rate is in function values at an explicit averaged point, with explicit constants, and needs neither smoothness of fff nor bounded subgradients of rrr: the regularizer enters only through the strong convexity of the subproblems. The 1/(μT)1/(\mu T)1/(μT) order is the one Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach obtained for the projected stochastic subgradient method; Theorem 4.2 extends it to models that are not linear and to a general closed rrr.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. Formalizing it pins down the exact constant (the printed one does not follow from the paper's lemmas; see below), the measure-theoretic content of "iterates generated by Algorithm 4.1" (a measurable selection of the argmin, the product measure of the samples, conditional expectation as an integral over one fresh sample) and the integrability that the expectations presuppose. The one-step estimate (4.8) is shared with mission 4 of this series (Theorem 4.1, convex setting); a proof of it serves both.

Difficulty

The telescoping that turns the one-step bound into the rate is elementary once the weights t+2t+2t+2 are chosen. The work lies in two places. First, (4.8) itself: it combines the strong convexity of the subproblem, the one-sided accuracy (B2) used in expectation, the Lipschitz bound (B4) at the random point xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ (so the exceptional null set must not depend on that point), Cauchy–Schwarz, and Lemma 4.1. Second, the passage from one step with xtx_txt​ held fixed to expectations over the whole run: this needs the independence of ξt\xi_tξt​ from ξ0,…,ξt−1\xi_0,\dots,\xi_{t-1}ξ0​,…,ξt−1​ (Fubini on the product measure) and integrability of rrr, ∥xt−x∗∥2\|x_t-x^*\|^2∥xt​−x∗∥2 and φ(xt+1)\varphi(x_{t+1})φ(xt+1​) along the run, none of which is stated on the page. A natural first attempt, bounding φ\varphiφ at the average by the average of φ\varphiφ before checking that the average lies in DDD, is valid only because the weights sum to one and DDD is convex by (B3).

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and extended values. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr is encoded by its domain D and its real values on D; closedness is closedness of {(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}\{(x,t):x\in D,\ r(x)\le t\}{(x,t):x∈D, r(x)≤t}. μ\muμ-strong convexity is (−μ)(-\mu)(−μ)-weak convexity: convexity of ψ−μ2∥⋅∥2\psi-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2ψ−2μ​∥⋅∥2 on D.
  • Randomness. The T+1T+1T+1 samples are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under Measure.pi; expectations are Bochner integrals, and every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion, so a junk value 000 cannot make a bound hold. Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in (4.8) is the integral over one fresh sample with xtx_txt​ held fixed.
  • Iterates. The update is a jointly measurable map that lies in DDD and is a minimizer of the subproblem for almost every sample; the run is driven by it. Measurability of the update and x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U are added hypotheses. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ of Algorithm 4.1 does not affect the iterates (any ρˉ∈(−μ,μ/2)\bar\rho\in(-\mu,\mu/2)ρˉ​∈(−μ,μ/2) is admissible for all ttt) and does not appear. x∗x^*x∗ is any minimizer of φ=f+r\varphi=f+rφ=f+r over DDD.
  • Constant correction. The proof of (4.8) on p. 21 bounds the δ\deltaδ-terms by 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ and divides by (βt−η)/2(\beta_t-\eta)/2(βt​−η)/2, which gives 4L2/(βt(βt−η))4\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))4L2/(βt​(βt​−η)); the display prints 2L2/(βt(βt−η))2\mathsf L^2/(\beta_t(\beta_t-\eta))2L2/(βt​(βt​−η)), which fails on a one-dimensional example. Carried through the proof of Theorem 4.2, the corrected constant gives 2L2/βt2\mathsf L^2/\beta_t2L2/βt​ in the first display (printed L2/βt\mathsf L^2/\beta_tL2/βt​) and 16L2/(μ(T+2))16\mathsf L^2/(\mu(T+2))16L2/(μ(T+2)) in the theorem (printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2). The Lean states the proof's constants; the milestone texts are quoted as printed. Whether the printed 8L28\mathsf L^28L2 bound holds by a sharper argument is open here.
  • Trivializations ruled out. The stepsize is fixed to βt=μ(t+1)/2\beta_t=\mu(t+1)/2βt​=μ(t+1)/2, the update is constrained to the argmin, x∗x^*x∗ minimizes φ\varphiφ (not fff), and the modulus is −μ-\mu−μ, not μ\muμ (μ\muμ-weak convexity would make the theorem false).
  • Contributions welcome. A proof of (4.8) from Assumption B, the Fubini/independence step for the run, and integrability lemmas for argmin selections are reusable across the series.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019; arXiv:1803.06523v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.06523
  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, A simpler approach to obtaining an O(1/t) convergence rate for the projected stochastic subgradient method, arXiv:1212.2002, 2012 (cited as [62] in the paper). https://arxiv.org/abs/1212.2002
6 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Closing the Gap for Makespan Scheduling via Sparsification Techniques: A Feasible Configuration IP Has a Thin Solution, Support at Most 4(d+1)log(4(d+1)T), Complex Configurations Used at Most OnceResearch Paper

Motivation

Makespan minimization on identical parallel machines, P∥Cmax⁡P\|C_{\max}P∥Cmax​, asks to assign nnn jobs with processing times to mmm machines so that the largest machine load is as small as possible. It is strongly NP-hard, and the question has long been how fast a (1+ε)(1+\varepsilon)(1+ε)-approximate schedule can be found. After rounding and scaling, a guess TTT of the optimal makespan becomes a constant, the job sizes take only d=O((1/ε)log⁡(1/ε))d = O((1/\varepsilon)\log(1/\varepsilon))d=O((1/ε)log(1/ε)) distinct values, and the problem becomes an integer program over machine packings: the configuration IP.

A short history of the running times for this problem:

  • Hochbaum and Shmoys (1987) gave the first PTAS, with running time (n/ε)O(1/ε2)(n/\varepsilon)^{O(1/\varepsilon^2)}(n/ε)O(1/ε2).
  • Alon, Azar, Woeginger and Yadid (1997/1998), and Hochbaum and Shmoys, obtained an EPTAS with running time 2(1/ε)poly(1/ε)+O(nlog⁡n)2^{(1/\varepsilon)^{\mathrm{poly}(1/\varepsilon)}} + O(n\log n)2(1/ε)poly(1/ε)+O(nlogn).
  • Jansen (2010) used the support bound of Eisenbrand and Shmonin (2006) to reach 2O((1/ε)2log⁡3(1/ε))+O(nlog⁡n)2^{O((1/\varepsilon)^2\log^3(1/\varepsilon))} + O(n\log n)2O((1/ε)2log3(1/ε))+O(nlogn).
  • Chen, Jansen and Zhang (2014) showed that, under the Exponential Time Hypothesis, no PTAS runs in time 2(1/ε)1−δpoly(n)2^{(1/\varepsilon)^{1-\delta}}\mathrm{poly}(n)2(1/ε)1−δpoly(n).
  • Jansen, Klein and Verschae (arXiv 2016; Mathematics of Operations Research 2020) reached 2O((1/ε)log⁡4(1/ε))+O(nlog⁡n)2^{O((1/\varepsilon)\log^4(1/\varepsilon))} + O(n\log n)2O((1/ε)log4(1/ε))+O(nlogn), matching that lower bound up to polylogarithmic factors in the exponent. Their key ingredient is a structural theorem on the configuration IP, which this mission formalizes.

Setting

Fix d∈Nd \in \mathbb{N}d∈N, a vector of job sizes π∈Z>0d\pi \in \mathbb{Z}^d_{>0}π∈Z>0d​ and a capacity T∈Z>0T \in \mathbb{Z}_{>0}T∈Z>0​. The knapsack polytope is P={c∈R≥0d:π⋅c≤T}\mathcal{P} = \{c \in \mathbb{R}^d_{\ge 0} : \pi\cdot c \le T\}P={c∈R≥0d​:π⋅c≤T}, and a configuration is an integral point of it:

Q=Zd∩P,c∈Q  ⟺  c∈Z≥0d,  ∑kπkck≤T.Q = \mathbb{Z}^d \cap \mathcal{P}, \qquad c \in Q \iff c \in \mathbb{Z}^d_{\ge 0},\ \ \sum_{k} \pi_k c_k \le T.Q=Zd∩P,c∈Q⟺c∈Z≥0d​,  k∑​πk​ck​≤T.

A configuration describes one machine: ckc_kck​ jobs of size πk\pi_kπk​, of total load at most TTT. The support of a vector is the set of its nonzero coordinates, supp⁡(c)={k:ck≠0}\operatorname{supp}(c) = \{k : c_k \ne 0\}supp(c)={k:ck​=0}. Throughout, log⁡=log⁡2\log = \log_2log=log2​. A configuration is simple if ∣supp⁡(c)∣≤log⁡(T+1)|\operatorname{supp}(c)| \le \log(T+1)∣supp(c)∣≤log(T+1) and complex otherwise; QcQ_cQc​ is the set of complex configurations.

Given the number bkb_kbk​ of jobs of each size and the number mmm of machines, the configuration IP [conf-IP] asks for multiplicities xc∈Z≥0x_c \in \mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}xc​∈Z≥0​, one per configuration, with

∑c∈Qc xc=b,∑c∈Qxc=m.\sum_{c\in Q} c\, x_c = b, \qquad \sum_{c \in Q} x_c = m.c∈Q∑​cxc​=b,c∈Q∑​xc​=m.

Its LP relaxation [conf-LP] replaces xc∈Z≥0x_c \in \mathbb{Z}_{\ge 0}xc​∈Z≥0​ by xc≥0x_c \ge 0xc​≥0. The support of a solution is supp⁡(x)={c∈Q:xc≠0}\operatorname{supp}(x) = \{c \in Q : x_c \neq 0\}supp(x)={c∈Q:xc​=0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: thin solutions (Theorem 1)

If [conf-IP] is feasible, it has a feasible solution xxx with

xc>1⇒c simple,∣supp⁡(x)∣≤4(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T),∑c∈Qcxc≤2(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T).x_c > 1 \Rightarrow c \text{ simple}, \qquad |\operatorname{supp}(x)| \le 4(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T), \qquad \sum_{c\in Q_c} x_c \le 2(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T).xc​>1⇒c simple,∣supp(x)∣≤4(d+1)log(4(d+1)T),c∈Qc​∑​xc​≤2(d+1)log(4(d+1)T).

A solution with these three properties is called thin.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (Eisenbrand–Shmonin): if ∣supp⁡(x)∣>2(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T)|\operatorname{supp}(x)| > 2(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T)∣supp(x)∣>2(d+1)log(4(d+1)T) for a nonnegative integer vector xxx on QQQ, there are disjoint nonempty A,B⊆supp⁡(x)A, B \subseteq \operatorname{supp}(x)A,B⊆supp(x) with ∑c∈Ac=∑c∈Bc\sum_{c \in A} c = \sum_{c\in B} c∑c∈A​c=∑c∈B​c and ∣A∣=∣B∣|A| = |B|∣A∣=∣B∣.
  2. Lemma 3 (Eisenbrand–Shmonin): a feasible [conf-IP] has a solution with ∣supp⁡(x)∣≤2(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T)|\operatorname{supp}(x)| \le 2(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T)∣supp(x)∣≤2(d+1)log(4(d+1)T).
  3. Lemma 4 (Sparsification Lemma): every complex c∈Qc \in Qc∈Q satisfies 2c=c1+c22c = c_1 + c_22c=c1​+c2​ for configurations c1,c2c_1, c_2c1​,c2​ with π⋅c1=π⋅c2=π⋅c\pi\cdot c_1 = \pi\cdot c_2 = \pi\cdot cπ⋅c1​=π⋅c2​=π⋅c and supp⁡(ci)⊊supp⁡(c)\operatorname{supp}(c_i) \subsetneq \operatorname{supp}(c)supp(ci​)⊊supp(c).
  4. P1: a feasible solution minimizing the potential Φ(x)=∑c complexxc∣supp⁡(c)∣\Phi(x) = \sum_{c \text{ complex}} x_c|\operatorname{supp}(c)|Φ(x)=∑c complex​xc​∣supp(c)∣ uses each complex configuration at most once.
  5. P2: such a solution has at most 2(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T)2(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T)2(d+1)log(4(d+1)T) complex configurations in its support.

Companion results

  • Corollary 5: every vertex of conv.hull⁡(Q)\operatorname{conv.hull}(Q)conv.hull(Q) is a simple configuration; and, from its proof, the number of simple configurations is at most (L+1)dL(T+1)L(L+1)d^{L}(T+1)^{L}(L+1)dL(T+1)L with L=log⁡(T+1)L = \log(T+1)L=log(T+1), for d≥1d \ge 1d≥1.
  • Corollary 6: a feasible [conf-LP] has a solution supported on simple configurations only.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 says that, up to O(dlog⁡(dT))O(d\log(dT))O(dlog(dT)) machines, every feasible configuration IP can be solved using simple configurations only. There are 2O(log⁡2d+log⁡2T)2^{O(\log^2 d + \log^2 T)}2O(log2d+log2T) simple configurations, far fewer than configurations in general, so an algorithm can guess the support of a solution among a much smaller family. This is what yields the 2O((1/ε)log⁡4(1/ε))+O(nlog⁡n)2^{O((1/\varepsilon)\log^4(1/\varepsilon))} + O(n\log n)2O((1/ε)log4(1/ε))+O(nlogn) EPTAS for P∥Cmax⁡P\|C_{\max}P∥Cmax​, and through the same structure PTASs for Q∥Cmax⁡Q\|C_{\max}Q∥Cmax​ and for LpL_pLp​-norm and max–min objectives. Corollaries 5 and 6 are structural facts about knapsack polytopes in their own right: the integer hull has only simple vertices, and the configuration LP can be restricted to simple configurations.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission knows of. The development produces a reusable formal model of configurations and of the configuration IP and LP, a formal Eisenbrand–Shmonin support bound for this IP (a Carathéodory-type statement for integer cones that recurs across integer programming), and the sparsification lemma with its potential-function argument. The constants 4(d+1)4(d+1)4(d+1) and 2(d+1)2(d+1)2(d+1) are the paper's and are stated exactly.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies the sparsification lemma repeatedly, replacing any complex configuration used twice by two configurations of smaller support, and then shrinks the support with the Eisenbrand–Shmonin exchange. The second step can undo the first: the exchange moves weight between configurations and may raise the multiplicity of a complex configuration above one again, so alternating the two steps has no evident termination measure. A proof has to control both properties at once. The counting behind the support bound needs the explicit inequality (sT+1)d+1<2s(sT+1)^{d+1} < 2^s(sT+1)d+1<2s for every s>2(d+1)log⁡(4(d+1)T)s > 2(d+1)\log(4(d+1)T)s>2(d+1)log(4(d+1)T), which must be carried out with the exact constants rather than up to O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅).

Formalization scope

  • Configurations are functions Fin d → ℕ with ∑kπkck≤T\sum_k \pi_k c_k \le T∑k​πk​ck​≤T; solutions of [conf-IP] are finitely supported functions (Fin d → ℕ) →₀ ℕ vanishing outside QQQ, and solutions of [conf-LP] are finitely supported real-valued functions, nonnegative and vanishing outside QQQ.
  • The standing assumptions of §2 are binders of every statement: πk>0\pi_k > 0πk​>0 for all kkk and T>0T > 0T>0. Lemma 4 does not need T>0T > 0T>0 and omits it.
  • The paper writes b∈Rdb \in \mathbb{R}^db∈Rd for [conf-IP]; feasibility forces b∈Ndb \in \mathbb{N}^db∈Nd, so bbb and mmm are natural numbers. For [conf-LP] they are real.
  • log⁡\loglog is Real.logb 2 and every bound is a real inequality; no floor is taken.
  • In Lemma 2, MxA=MxBMx^A = Mx^BMxA=MxB is stated row by row: the sum of the configurations in AAA equals that in BBB, and ∣A∣=∣B∣|A| = |B|∣A∣=∣B∣.
  • "Minimum potential" in P1 and P2 means Φ(x)≤Φ(y)\Phi(x) \le \Phi(y)Φ(x)≤Φ(y) for every feasible solution yyy of the same instance.
  • A vertex of conv.hull⁡(Q)\operatorname{conv.hull}(Q)conv.hull(Q) is an extreme point (Mathlib's Set.extremePoints). The asymptotic count of Corollary 5 is replaced by the explicit bound of its proof, with the added hypothesis d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 (at d=0d = 0d=0 the explicit bound is 000 while Q={0}Q = \{0\}Q={0}).

The goal theorem refers only to [conf-IP], its solutions, supports and the simple/complex split; it does not mention the potential, the matrix MMM or a minimality assumption, so it cannot be discharged by choosing a special solution in the hypotheses.

Needed infrastructure: finite sums over Finsupp, the pigeonhole principle on finsets, elementary bounds on Real.logb, and, for Corollaries 5 and 6, convex hulls and extreme points of finite sets in Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd. The definitions of configurations and of the configuration IP/LP are reusable for other configuration-IP papers (bin packing, cutting stock, scheduling). Contributions of auxiliary lemmas on supports of integer conic combinations are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Jansen, K.-M. Klein, J. Verschae, Closing the Gap for Makespan Scheduling via Sparsification Techniques, ICALP 2016; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.07153 (version v1, the basis of every citation in this mission)
  • F. Eisenbrand, G. Shmonin, Carathéodory bounds for integer cones, Operations Research Letters 34, 564–568, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2005.09.008
  • K. Jansen, An EPTAS for scheduling jobs on uniform processors: using an MILP relaxation with a constant number of integral variables, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 24, 457–485, 2010.
  • N. Alon, Y. Azar, G. J. Woeginger, T. Yadid, Approximation schemes for scheduling on parallel machines, Journal of Scheduling 1, 55–66, 1998.
  • D. S. Hochbaum, D. B. Shmoys, Using dual approximation algorithms for scheduling problems: theoretical and practical results, Journal of the ACM 34, 144–162, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1145/7531.7535
  • L. Chen, K. Jansen, G. Zhang, On the optimality of approximation schemes for the classical scheduling problem, Proceedings of the 25th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 657–668, 2014.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions 1: Stochastic One-Sided Model Methods Drive the Moreau-Envelope Gradient E‖∇φ_{1/ρ̄}(x_{t*})‖² to Zero at Rate O(1/√T)Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize an expected loss that is neither smooth nor convex: robust phase retrieval, blind deconvolution, covariance estimation with the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ loss, training of networks with ReLU activations, and composite problems h(c(x))h(c(x))h(c(x)) with convex hhh and smooth ccc. A common structural feature of these objectives is weak convexity: adding a quadratic ρ2∥x∥2\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^22ρ​∥x∥2 makes the function convex. For such problems the classical stochastic algorithms — the stochastic proximal point method, the stochastic prox-linear method, and the stochastic proximal subgradient method — were used in practice long before any nonasymptotic complexity guarantee was available for them.

Damek Davis and Dmitriy Drusvyatskiy (arXiv:1803.06523, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1), 2019) gave such guarantees for all of these methods at once. They abstract each method as minimization of a stochastic one-sided model of the objective, and prove that the expected squared gradient of the Moreau envelope at a randomly selected iterate decays at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​), i.e. a sample complexity of O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4). This mission formalizes that main theorem (Theorem 4.3) and the lemmas its proof uses.

Timeline. Nurminskii (1973, 1974) showed that when the sample losses are ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex and there is no regularizer, the stochastic subgradient method converges subsequentially to stationary points almost surely; no rate was given. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) proved O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) complexity for smooth nonconvex stochastic problems. Davis and Grimmer (arXiv:1707.03505, 2017) gave a rate for a proximally guided variant of the stochastic subgradient method on weakly convex problems. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (2018) obtained the O(ε−4)O(\varepsilon^{-4})O(ε−4) complexity for the basic proximal stochastic subgradient method and, through the one-sided model framework, for the stochastic proximal point and prox-linear methods.

Setting

Work on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. An extended-valued function r:Rd→R∪{∞}r:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R\cup\{\infty\}r:Rd→R∪{∞} has domain D=dom⁡r={x:r(x)<∞}D=\operatorname{dom} r=\{x: r(x)<\infty\}D=domr={x:r(x)<∞} and is closed when its epigraph is closed. A function ψ\psiψ is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex when x↦ψ(x)+ρ2∥x∥2x\mapsto\psi(x)+\frac{\rho}{2}\|x\|^2x↦ψ(x)+2ρ​∥x∥2 is convex. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 the Moreau envelope and proximal map are

ψλ(x)=min⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},prox⁡λψ(x)=argmin⁡y{ψ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.\psi_\lambda(x)=\min_y\Big\{\psi(y)+\tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\},\qquad \operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\psi}(x)=\operatorname*{argmin}_y\Big\{\psi(y)+\tfrac{1}{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.ψλ​(x)=ymin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},proxλψ​(x)=yargmin​{ψ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

The problem is min⁡xφ(x):=f(x)+r(x)\min_x \varphi(x):=f(x)+r(x)minx​φ(x):=f(x)+r(x) with rrr closed and fff locally Lipschitz, where fff is accessible only through a random model fx(y,ξ)f_x(y,\xi)fx​(y,ξ), ξ∼P\xi\sim Pξ∼P. Assumption B asks for constants τ,η,L\tau,\eta,\mathsf Lτ,η,L, an open convex U⊇DU\supseteq DU⊇D and a measurable L:Ω→R+L:\Omega\to\mathbb R_+L:Ω→R+​ such that: Eξfx(x,ξ)=f(x)\mathbb E_\xi f_x(x,\xi)=f(x)Eξ​fx​(x,ξ)=f(x) and Eξ[fx(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤τ2∥y−x∥2\mathbb E_\xi[f_x(y,\xi)-f(y)]\le\frac\tau2\|y-x\|^2Eξ​[fx​(y,ξ)−f(y)]≤2τ​∥y−x∥2 on UUU (one-sided accuracy); fx(⋅,ξ)+rf_x(\cdot,\xi)+rfx​(⋅,ξ)+r is η\etaη-weakly convex for almost every ξ\xiξ; EL(ξ)2≤L\sqrt{\mathbb E L(\xi)^2}\le\mathsf LEL(ξ)2​≤L and fx(x,ξ)−fx(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥f_x(x,\xi)-f_x(y,\xi)\le L(\xi)\|x-y\|fx​(x,ξ)−fx​(y,ξ)≤L(ξ)∥x−y∥.

Algorithm 4.1 fixes ρˉ>τ+η\bar\rho>\tau+\etaρˉ​>τ+η and parameters βt>ρˉ\beta_t>\bar\rhoβt​>ρˉ​, draws i.i.d. samples ξ0,…,ξT\xi_0,\dots,\xi_Tξ0​,…,ξT​, and sets

xt+1=argmin⁡x{r(x)+fxt(x,ξt)+βt2∥x−xt∥2}.x_{t+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_x\Big\{r(x)+f_{x_t}(x,\xi_t)+\tfrac{\beta_t}{2}\|x-x_t\|^2\Big\}.xt+1​=xargmin​{r(x)+fxt​​(x,ξt​)+2βt​​∥x−xt​∥2}.

It returns xt∗x_{t^*}xt∗​, with t∗∈{0,…,T}t^*\in\{0,\dots,T\}t∗∈{0,…,T} drawn with P(t∗=t)∝ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η\mathbb P(t^*=t)\propto\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}P(t∗=t)∝βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​. With fx(y,ξ)=f(y,ξ)f_x(y,\xi)=f(y,\xi)fx​(y,ξ)=f(y,ξ) it is the stochastic proximal point method; with a linearization it is the proximal stochastic subgradient method; with h(c(x,ξ)+∇c(x,ξ)(y−x),ξ)h(c(x,\xi)+\nabla c(x,\xi)(y-x),\xi)h(c(x,ξ)+∇c(x,ξ)(y−x),ξ) it is the stochastic prox-linear method.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3, (4.15) and (4.16)

E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2≤ρˉ(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+2ρˉ2L2∑t=0T1(βt−η)(βt−ρˉ)∑t=0Tρˉ−τ−η2(βt−η),\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\le\frac{\bar\rho(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0)-\min\varphi)+2\bar\rho^2\mathsf L^2\sum_{t=0}^T\frac{1}{(\beta_t-\eta)(\beta_t-\bar\rho)}}{\sum_{t=0}^T\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{2(\beta_t-\eta)}},E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2≤∑t=0T​2(βt​−η)ρˉ​−τ−η​ρˉ​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​2L2∑t=0T​(βt​−η)(βt​−ρˉ​)1​​,

and for βt≡ρˉ+γ−1T+1\beta_t\equiv\bar\rho+\gamma^{-1}\sqrt{T+1}βt​≡ρˉ​+γ−1T+1​ with γ>0\gamma>0γ>0,

E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2≤2(ρˉ(φ1/ρˉ(x0)−min⁡φ)+2ρˉ2L2γ2)ρˉ−τ−η(ρˉ−ηT+1+1γT+1).\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2\le\frac{2(\bar\rho(\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_0)-\min\varphi)+2\bar\rho^2\mathsf L^2\gamma^2)}{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}\Big(\frac{\bar\rho-\eta}{T+1}+\frac{1}{\gamma\sqrt{T+1}}\Big).E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2≤ρˉ​−τ−η2(ρˉ​(φ1/ρˉ​​(x0​)−minφ)+2ρˉ​2L2γ2)​(T+1ρˉ​−η​+γT+1​1​).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 4.1: φ\varphiφ is (τ+η)(\tau+\eta)(τ+η)-weakly convex and fff is L\mathsf LL-Lipschitz on UUU.
  2. Lemma 4.2, (4.7): Et∥x^t−xt+1∥2≤∥x^t−xt∥2−ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η∥x^t−xt∥2+4L2(βt−η)(βt−ρˉ)\mathbb E_t\|\hat x_t-x_{t+1}\|^2\le\|\hat x_t-x_t\|^2-\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}\|\hat x_t-x_t\|^2+\frac{4\mathsf L^2}{(\beta_t-\eta)(\beta_t-\bar\rho)}Et​∥x^t​−xt+1​∥2≤∥x^t​−xt​∥2−βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​∥x^t​−xt​∥2+(βt​−η)(βt​−ρˉ​)4L2​, with x^t=prox⁡φ/ρˉ(xt)\hat x_t=\operatorname{prox}_{\varphi/\bar\rho}(x_t)x^t​=proxφ/ρˉ​​(xt​).
  3. Lemma 2.2: for ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex φ\varphiφ and λ∈(0,ρ−1)\lambda\in(0,\rho^{-1})λ∈(0,ρ−1), φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φλ(x)=λ−1(x−prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla\varphi_\lambda(x)=\lambda^{-1}(x-\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda\varphi}(x))∇φλ​(x)=λ−1(x−proxλφ​(x)).
  4. Theorem 4.3, (4.14): the one-step expected descent of φ1/ρˉ\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}φ1/ρˉ​​.

Significance

The result. By Lemma 2.2, ∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥=ρˉ∥x−x^∥\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|=\bar\rho\|x-\hat x\|∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥=ρˉ​∥x−x^∥, and the proximal point x^\hat xx^ satisfies φ(x^)≤φ(x)\varphi(\hat x)\le\varphi(x)φ(x^)≤φ(x) and dist⁡(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φ1/ρˉ(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\varphi(\hat x))\le\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x)\|dist(0,∂φ(x^))≤∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(x)∥. A small envelope gradient therefore certifies that xxx is close to a nearly stationary point. Theorem 4.3 gives this certificate, with explicit constants, for every algorithm fitting Assumption B, in particular the first complexity bounds for the stochastic proximal point and stochastic prox-linear methods on weakly convex problems. Companion results in the same paper (Theorems 4.1 and 4.2, separate missions) specialize to convex and strongly convex models.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists, on this platform or in Mathlib, of Theorem 4.3, of Lemma 2.2 for extended-valued weakly convex functions, or of the one-sided-model framework. A formalization yields a reusable Moreau-envelope library for weakly convex functions with constraints (via the domain of rrr), and a template for iterate-level stochastic analysis on product probability spaces.

Difficulty

The algebra of each step is short; what is hard is making it rigorous. First, Lemma 2.2 must be proved for extended-valued closed functions: existence and uniqueness of the proximal point need strong convexity of the subproblem together with lower semicontinuity and a quadratic minorant, and differentiability of the envelope is not a consequence of a generic envelope theorem. Second, the conditional expectations Et\mathbb E_tEt​ in Lemma 4.2 must be realized on the product space of samples, with integrability of ∥xt+1−xt∥2\|x_{t+1}-x_t\|^2∥xt+1​−xt​∥2, r(xt+1)r(x_{t+1})r(xt+1​) and φ1/ρˉ(xt)\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​) established along the iterates rather than assumed; the paper takes all of these for granted. Third, Assumption B gives the Lipschitz bound (4.2) only in one direction and only almost surely, and the argmin of Algorithm 4.1 exists only almost surely, so every pointwise step must be carried through null sets that depend on the current iterate.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and encoding. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The extended-valued rrr (and φ\varphiφ) is a pair (D,real values on D)(D,\text{real values on }D)(D,real values on D); closedness, weak convexity, the envelope (an infimum over DDD) and proximal points are defined in this encoding. The envelope parameter λ\lambdaλ is written lam.
  • Randomness. The samples ξ0,…,ξT\xi_0,\dots,\xi_Tξ0​,…,ξT​ are a point of ΩT+1\Omega^{T+1}ΩT+1 under the product measure, and E\mathbb EE is the Bochner integral. In Lemma 4.2, Et\mathbb E_tEt​ is the integral over one fresh sample with the current iterate fixed.
  • The algorithm. The step is any jointly measurable selection that lies in DDD and minimizes the subproblem for almost every sample; measurability is an added hypothesis.
  • The output. E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt∗)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_{t^*})\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt∗​)∥2 is the weighted average of E∥∇φ1/ρˉ(xt)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\varphi_{1/\bar\rho}(x_t)\|^2E∥∇φ1/ρˉ​​(xt​)∥2 with weights ρˉ−τ−ηβt−η\frac{\bar\rho-\tau-\eta}{\beta_t-\eta}βt​−ηρˉ​−τ−η​, its exact value for t∗t^*t∗ drawn independently of the samples.
  • min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is any real lower bound of φ\varphiφ on DDD; the bound is monotone in it.
  • Added hypotheses, implicit in the paper: βt>η\beta_t>\etaβt​>η (the subproblem is (βt−η)(\beta_t-\eta)(βt​−η)-strongly convex; Assumption B allows any real τ\tauτ, so this does not follow from βt>ρˉ>τ+η\beta_t>\bar\rho>\tau+\etaβt​>ρˉ​>τ+η), η≤ρˉ\eta\le\bar\rhoη≤ρˉ​ in (4.16) (its derivation from (4.15) needs it), ρˉ>0\bar\rho>0ρˉ​>0, x0∈Ux_0\in Ux0​∈U, and, in Lemma 2.2, that φ\varphiφ is closed and proper.
  • Typos. The statement of Theorem 4.3 twice says "Algorithm 3.1"; it means Algorithm 4.1. The constant in (4.16) is the printed one, which is valid (slightly weaker than what (4.15) yields). The proof's "Setting ρˉ=2ρ\bar\rho=2\rhoρˉ​=2ρ" is a slip; (4.16) keeps ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​.
  • No trivialization. Every bounded expectation comes with an integrability conclusion (a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000), the update is constrained by the argmin property of Algorithm 4.1, and min⁡φ\min\varphiminφ is a genuine lower bound; the hypotheses are satisfiable (e.g. r=0r=0r=0, f=0f=0f=0, zero model).
  • Contributions welcome: a general Moreau-envelope library for weakly convex extended-valued functions (Lemma 2.2), measurability of argmin selections, and the one-step analysis lemmas.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic Model-Based Minimization of Weakly Convex Functions, SIAM J. Optim. 29(1):207–239, 2019. arXiv:1803.06523
  • D. Davis, B. Grimmer, Proximally Guided Stochastic Subgradient Method for Nonsmooth, Nonconvex Problems, SIAM J. Optim. 29(3), 2019. arXiv:1707.03505
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4):2341–2368, 2013. doi:10.1137/120880811
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A Two-Timescale Stochastic Algorithm Framework for Bilevel Optimization: Complexity Analysis and Application to Actor-Critic: Explicit Error Bounds for TTSA with a Strongly Convex Outer ObjectiveResearch Paper

Motivation

Bilevel optimization asks for an outer decision while an inner optimization problem responds to that decision. In hyperparameter selection, for example, the outer objective evaluates a model whose parameters are chosen by a training problem. A two-timescale algorithm updates both levels in one stochastic loop, so its outer step uses an inner solution that has not yet settled. The resulting error bound must account for both the outer decision and the inner tracking error. Hong, Wai, Wang and Yang study this setting and give finite-time bounds for their two-timescale stochastic approximation (TTSA) algorithm in the strongly convex outer case Hong et al., arXiv:2007.05170v4, §§1–3.

The paper states its main rates using ≲\lesssim≲, with numerical constants omitted. Appendix A gives explicit bounds for the two errors. This mission targets those displayed bounds, retaining their constants and the actual stochastic update. The selected source is the arXiv v4 preprint: page numbers and theorem labels below refer to that version Hong et al., Theorem 1 and App. A.

Setting

Let X⊆Rd1X\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_1}X⊆Rd1​ be closed and convex. For an outer point x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, the inner solution y⋆(x)∈Rd2y^\star(x)\in\mathbb R^{d_2}y⋆(x)∈Rd2​ minimizes g(x,⋅)g(x,\cdot)g(x,⋅). The outer objective is ℓ(x)=f(x,y⋆(x))\ell(x)=f(x,y^\star(x))ℓ(x)=f(x,y⋆(x)), and x⋆∈Xx^\star\in Xx⋆∈X is an optimal outer point. The inner objective is strongly convex in yyy, which gives a unique inner minimizer. The paper’s derivative and Lipschitz assumptions control how that minimizer and the outer gradient change as xxx and yyy move Hong et al., Assumptions 1–2, pp. 5–6.

The algorithm keeps iterates xk∈Xx^k\in Xxk∈X and yk∈Rd2y^k\in\mathbb R^{d_2}yk∈Rd2​. With deterministic step sizes αk,βk\alpha_k,\beta_kαk​,βk​ and stochastic estimates hfk,hgkh_f^k,h_g^khfk​,hgk​, it updates

yk+1=yk−βkhgk,xk+1=PX(xk−αkhfk),y^{k+1}=y^k-\beta_k h_g^k,\qquad x^{k+1}=P_X(x^k-\alpha_k h_f^k),yk+1=yk−βk​hgk​,xk+1=PX​(xk−αk​hfk​),

where PXP_XPX​ is the Euclidean nearest-point projection onto XXX. The inner estimate targets ∇yg(xk,yk)\nabla_y g(x^k,y^k)∇y​g(xk,yk). The outer estimate targets the surrogate gradient

∇ˉxf(x,y)=∇xf(x,y)−∇xy2g(x,y)[∇yy2g(x,y)]−1∇yf(x,y),\bar\nabla_xf(x,y)=\nabla_xf(x,y)-\nabla^2_{xy}g(x,y) [\nabla^2_{yy}g(x,y)]^{-1}\nabla_yf(x,y),∇ˉx​f(x,y)=∇x​f(x,y)−∇xy2​g(x,y)[∇yy2​g(x,y)]−1∇y​f(x,y),

with a bias bounded by bkb_kbk​. Assumption 3 bounds the conditional variances given the histories Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and Fk′\mathcal F'_kFk′​. The surrogate at y⋆(x)y^\star(x)y⋆(x) is the paper’s ∇ℓ(x)\nabla\ell(x)∇ℓ(x) Hong et al., Algorithm 1, (5)–(7c), p. 6.

The two quantities being bounded are the outer error Δxk=E∥xk−x⋆∥2\Delta_x^k=\mathbb E\|x^k-x^\star\|^2Δxk​=E∥xk−x⋆∥2 and inner tracking error Δyk=E∥yk−y⋆(xk−1)∥2\Delta_y^k=\mathbb E\|y^k-y^\star(x^{k-1})\|^2Δyk​=E∥yk−y⋆(xk−1)∥2. At k=0k=0k=0, the convention is x−1=x0x^{-1}=x^0x−1=x0. The constants LLL and LyL_yLy​ are the exact functions of the derivative bounds in (13); σ~f2=σf2+3sup⁡x∈X∥∇ℓ(x)∥2\widetilde\sigma_f^2=\sigma_f^2+3\sup_{x\in X}\|\nabla\ell(x)\|^2σf2​=σf2​+3supx∈X​∥∇ℓ(x)∥2 is finite by the paper’s standing assumption after (14). The products Gm:n(1)G^{(1)}_{m:n}Gm:n(1)​ and Gm:n(2)G^{(2)}_{m:n}Gm:n(2)​ are those of (48) Hong et al., pp. 8–9, 20.

Formalization targets

The first target is the explicit inner bound (55): for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

Δyk+1≤G0:k(1)Δy0+Cy(1)βk,Cy(1)=8μg{σg2+4c02Ly2μg(σ~f2+3b02)}.\Delta_y^{k+1}\le G^{(1)}_{0:k}\Delta_y^0+C_y^{(1)}\beta_k, \qquad C_y^{(1)}=\frac8{\mu_g}\left\{\sigma_g^2+ \frac{4c_0^2L_y^2}{\mu_g}(\widetilde\sigma_f^2+3b_0^2)\right\}.Δyk+1​≤G0:k(1)​Δy0​+Cy(1)​βk​,Cy(1)​=μg​8​{σg2​+μg​4c02​Ly2​​(σf2​+3b02​)}.

The goal also includes the explicit outer bound displayed after (59):

Δxk+1≤G0:k(2){Δx0+[2L2μℓ2+3α0L2μℓ]Δy0}+2μℓ[2c~bμℓ+σ~f2+3b02]αk+2c1μℓ[2L2μℓ+3α0L2]Cy(1)αk2/3.\begin{aligned} \Delta_x^{k+1}\le{}&G^{(2)}_{0:k} \left\{\Delta_x^0+\left[\frac{2L^2}{\mu_\ell^2} +\frac{3\alpha_0L^2}{\mu_\ell}\right]\Delta_y^0\right\}\\ &+\frac2{\mu_\ell}\left[\frac{2\widetilde c_b}{\mu_\ell} +\widetilde\sigma_f^2+3b_0^2\right]\alpha_k\\ &+\frac{2c_1}{\mu_\ell}\left[\frac{2L^2}{\mu_\ell}+3\alpha_0L^2\right] C_y^{(1)}\alpha_k^{2/3}. \end{aligned}Δxk+1​≤​G0:k(2)​{Δx0​+[μℓ2​2L2​+μℓ​3α0​L2​]Δy0​}+μℓ​2​[μℓ​2cb​​+σf2​+3b02​]αk​+μℓ​2c1​​[μℓ​2L2​+3α0​L2]Cy(1)​αk2/3​.​

These formulas use the paper’s step-size conditions (20a)–(20b), the bias condition bk2≤c~bαk+1b_k^2\le\widetilde c_b\alpha_{k+1}bk2​≤cb​αk+1​, and a positive outer modulus μℓ\mu_\ellμℓ​. The milestones are the source’s Lemma 2 (12a), (14), (50), Lemma 10, (55), Lemma 11 and Lemma 4 (29). They supply independently stated targets for the two error quantities and the deterministic product estimates Hong et al., pp. 7–8, 13, 20–22, 34.

Significance

The bounds separate the effect of initialization from persistent stochastic error. Each GGG product carries an initial-error term, while the remaining terms show how the current step sizes, variance and bias govern the residual error. This makes the dependencies on LLL, LyL_yLy​, the strong convexity moduli and the estimator variances explicit, rather than hiding them in rate notation. The paper uses this strongly convex case as one part of its broader complexity analysis Hong et al., §3, Table 1.

The source proves the claimed rates on paper; this local development currently provides compiled Lean statements with open proofs. Completing it would add reusable formal interfaces for conditional stochastic-gradient assumptions, a moving strongly convex minimizer, and weighted products of varying contraction factors. The local mission does not claim a machine-checked proof of Theorem 1 yet.

Difficulty

The outer estimate depends on yk+1y^{k+1}yk+1, while the inner tracking error is measured against the minimizer at the preceding outer iterate. Treating the outer estimate as an ordinary unbiased gradient at xkx^kxk loses both the surrogate-gradient discrepancy and the bias. A distance contraction for the inner step alone also does not settle the outer error, because the target y⋆(xk)y^\star(x^k)y⋆(xk) moves with xkx^kxk. The assumptions must keep the two histories and their conditional estimates distinct Hong et al., (7a)–(7c), (17), App. A.

Formalization scope

Lean represents both spaces by EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d1,d2≥1d_1,d_2\ge1d1​,d2​≥1, and Hessian blocks by continuous linear maps with operator norm. The mixed block maps inner directions to outer directions. The inner solution map is required to minimize g(x,⋅)g(x,\cdot)g(x,⋅) on every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X; the projection is characterized as a nearest-point map on the closed convex set. These clauses prevent an arbitrary solution map or arbitrary outer update from satisfying the theorem. The ∇ℓ\nabla\ell∇ℓ used in (2) is defined by the displayed surrogate formula (5), so boundary points of XXX have the same meaning as in the source.

The run starts at deterministic (x0,y0)(x^0,y^0)(x0,y0) and uses measurable estimates with integrable squared norms. Conditional expectations are almost-sure statements relative to the sigma-algebras generated by the iterates, and Δx,Δy\Delta_x,\Delta_yΔx​,Δy​ are Bochner integrals. These regularity assumptions prevent totalized conditional expectation or integral operations from giving spurious zero values. The supremum defining σ~f2\widetilde\sigma_f^2σf2​ is taken over XXX and has an explicit bounded-above hypothesis; XXX is nonempty because x0∈Xx^0\in Xx0∈X. The goal uses positive, nonincreasing step sizes, in line with the ratio conditions and the auxiliary lemmas. The paper prints 3/43/43/4 in the α\alphaα ratio of (20a), while its application of Lemma 10 with q=2q=2q=2 needs 1/21/21/2; the stronger ratio is disclosed in the Lean hypotheses. The initial error uses x−1=x0x^{-1}=x^0x−1=x0, and real exponents use nonnegative bases.

The definition file and the seven milestone theorems are open for proof contributions. Theorem 1’s two explicit bounds are the mission goal. Lemma 3 (28) is excluded because its printed product uses a 1/21/21/2 factor where (55) uses 1/41/41/4; (55) is the selected inner target Hong et al., pp. 13, 21.

Selected references

  • M. Hong, H.-T. Wai, Z. Wang and Z. Yang, A Two-Timescale Stochastic Algorithm Framework for Bilevel Optimization: Complexity Analysis and Application to Actor-Critic, SIAM Journal on Optimization, 2023; arXiv preprint v4, 2022. arXiv:2007.05170v4.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Sharing in Competing Supply Chains with Production Cost Reduction: Under Cournot Competition Both Chains Share Below k_N, Both or Neither Between k_N and k_S, and Neither Above k_SResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers observe demand signals (point-of-sale data, local forecasts) that their suppliers do not. Whether a retailer should pass such a signal upstream is a central question of the supply chain information-sharing literature. In a single chain, sharing helps the manufacturer plan, but the retailer may lose from it. Competition between chains adds a second effect: sharing in one chain changes how the rival chain responds to its own signal.

Ha, Tian and Tong (MSOM 2017) study this question when the manufacturer's planning decision is production cost reduction: a manufacturer that knows more about demand can invest in lowering its unit cost more efficiently. They find that the equilibrium of the information-sharing game between two competing chains depends on a single efficiency parameter kkk in a three-regime pattern. This mission formalizes that pattern for quantity (Cournot) competition.

Earlier work on information sharing in competing chains (for example Ha, Tong and Zhang, Management Science 2011, on production diseconomies of scale) found related threshold structures under different upstream technologies. The present paper replaces the production cost with a cost-reduction investment.

Setting

There are two identical supply chains i=1,2i=1,2i=1,2, each with one manufacturer and one retailer. Retailer iii faces the inverse demand

pi=a+θ−qi−γCqj,p_i=a+\theta-q_i-\gamma_C q_j,pi​=a+θ−qi​−γC​qj​,

where θ\thetaθ is a demand shock with mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2, and γC∈(0,1)\gamma_C\in(0,1)γC​∈(0,1) is the competition intensity. Manufacturer iii has unit production cost ccc and lowers it by xix_ixi​ at effort cost 12kxi2\tfrac12 kx_i^221​kxi2​; a small kkk means efficient cost reduction. Retailer iii observes a signal YiY_iYi​ with accuracy ttt; under the linear information structure, E[θ∣Yi]=E[Yj∣Yi]=tσ21+tσ2YiE[\theta\mid Y_i]=E[Y_j\mid Y_i]=\tfrac{t\sigma^2}{1+t\sigma^2}Y_iE[θ∣Yi​]=E[Yj​∣Yi​]=1+tσ2tσ2​Yi​.

In stage one, each chain fixes its arrangement Xi∈{S,N}X_i\in\{S,N\}Xi​∈{S,N}: the retailer shares its signal with the manufacturer (SSS) or not (NNN). Then the manufacturer sets a wholesale price and a cost reduction, and the retailer a quantity. For each arrangement profile (Xi,Xj)(X_i,X_j)(Xi​,Xj​) the quantity stage has a linear equilibrium qi=qˉ+CXiXjYiq_i=\bar q+C^{X_iX_j}Y_iqi​=qˉ​+CXi​Xj​Yi​ with explicit response coefficients CXiXj(k,γC,t,σ2)C^{X_iX_j}(k,\gamma_C,t,\sigma^2)CXi​Xj​(k,γC​,t,σ2) (Lemma 2(a)). These give closed-form ex-ante profits ΠRi,CXiXj\Pi^{X_iX_j}_{R_i,C}ΠRi​,CXi​Xj​​, ΠMi,CXiXj\Pi^{X_iX_j}_{M_i,C}ΠMi​,CXi​Xj​​ and Πi,CXiXj\Pi^{X_iX_j}_{i,C}Πi,CXi​Xj​​ for the retailer, the manufacturer and the chain.

The value of information sharing to chain iii is Vi,CXj=Πi,CSXj−Πi,CNXjV^{X_j}_{i,C}=\Pi^{SX_j}_{i,C}-\Pi^{NX_j}_{i,C}Vi,CXj​​=Πi,CSXj​​−Πi,CNXj​​. In stage one, manufacturer iii offers retailer iii the smallest side payment m^Xj\hat m^{X_j}m^Xj​ that makes sharing acceptable to the retailer, and chooses SSS or NNN. The result is a symmetric 2×22\times22×2 game between the two manufacturers (Table 1). Manufacturer iii's payoff is ΠMi,CSXj−m^Xj\Pi^{SX_j}_{M_i,C}-\hat m^{X_j}ΠMi​,CSXj​​−m^Xj​ for SSS and ΠMi,CNXj\Pi^{NX_j}_{M_i,C}ΠMi​,CNXj​​ for NNN. The standing assumptions are k>a/(4c)k>a/(4c)k>a/(4c), k>1/3k>1/3k>1/3 and a>ca>ca>c.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7(a)

For fixed γC∈(0,1)\gamma_C\in(0,1)γC​∈(0,1), t>0t>0t>0 and σ2>0\sigma^2>0σ2>0 there are thresholds

12<kCN<kCS<3+54\tfrac12<k^N_C<k^S_C<\tfrac{3+\sqrt5}{4}21​<kCN​<kCS​<43+5​​

such that the set E\mathcal EE of pure-strategy equilibria of the stage-one game is

E={(S,S)} (k<kCN),E={(S,S),(N,N)} (kCN<k<kCS),E={(N,N)} (k>kCS).\mathcal E=\{(S,S)\}\ (k<k^N_C),\qquad \mathcal E=\{(S,S),(N,N)\}\ (k^N_C<k<k^S_C),\qquad \mathcal E=\{(N,N)\}\ (k>k^S_C).E={(S,S)} (k<kCN​),E={(S,S),(N,N)} (kCN​<k<kCS​),E={(N,N)} (k>kCS​).

In the middle regime, both manufacturers are strictly better off at (S,S)(S,S)(S,S) than at (N,N)(N,N)(N,N).

Milestones

  • the linear strategies solve the best responses (proof of Lemma 2(a));
  • CjXjXi<1C^{X_jX_i}_j<1CjXj​Xi​​<1 and the four coefficient differences in closed form with their signs (proof of Lemma 3);
  • the retailer gains from sharing if and only if k≤1/2k\le1/2k≤1/2, and for k≤1/2k\le1/2k≤1/2 free information strictly raises the manufacturer's profit (§5.3);
  • Vi,CS>0  ⟺  g>0V^S_{i,C}>0\iff g>0Vi,CS​>0⟺g>0 and Vi,CN>0  ⟺  h>0V^N_{i,C}>0\iff h>0Vi,CN​>0⟺h>0 for two explicit polynomials g,hg,hg,h (proof of Proposition 6(a));
  • Proposition 6(a): Vi,CS>0  ⟺  k<kCSV^S_{i,C}>0\iff k<k^S_CVi,CS​>0⟺k<kCS​, Vi,CN>0  ⟺  k<kCNV^N_{i,C}>0\iff k<k^N_CVi,CN​>0⟺k<kCN​, the bounds above, and both thresholds strictly decreasing in ttt and in γC\gamma_CγC​.

A companion item states the Cournot half of Proposition 7(c): for k<1/2k<1/2k<1/2 no side payment is needed and (S,S)(S,S)(S,S) is the unique equilibrium.

Significance

Proposition 7(a) separates three regimes of cost-reduction efficiency. When cost reduction is efficient (k<kCNk<k^N_Ck<kCN​), sharing is dominant. At intermediate efficiency the stage-one game is a coordination game: both chains sharing is Pareto-better for the manufacturers, but both not sharing is also an equilibrium. When cost reduction is inefficient, no chain shares. Competition matters through the gap kCN<kCSk^N_C<k^S_CkCN​<kCS​: a chain whose rival shares tolerates a less efficient cost reduction before it stops sharing, and the thresholds fall as signals become more accurate or competition more intense.

The paper proves these facts by hand-checked algebra, often stated as "we can verify". The formalization turns each such step into a checked statement: the fixed-point identities behind Lemma 2(a), the closed forms of Lemma 3, the reduction of the sign of VVV to the polynomials ggg and hhh, and the monotonicity and location of their roots. None of these results has a machine-checked proof yet. The definitions (response coefficients, profits, side payment, stage-one game) are reusable for the Bertrand half of the paper and for other two-chain information-sharing models.

Difficulty

The obvious approach expands VSV^SVS and VNV^NVN as rational functions of (k,γC,t,σ2)(k,\gamma_C,t,\sigma^2)(k,γC​,t,σ2) and tries to read off their signs. That does not finish by itself. After cancelling positive factors, the signs are those of ggg and hhh, which are quadratics in ξ=t2σ4γC2/(tσ2+1)2∈(0,1)\xi=t^2\sigma^4\gamma_C^2/(t\sigma^2+1)^2\in(0,1)ξ=t2σ4γC2​/(tσ2+1)2∈(0,1) with coefficients polynomial in kkk. The thresholds are defined implicitly by a root of each quadratic crossing ξ\xiξ. Showing that {g>0}\{g>0\}{g>0} and {h>0}\{h>0\}{h>0} are initial intervals of (1/3,∞)(1/3,\infty)(1/3,∞) needs the relevant root to be strictly decreasing in kkk, to exceed 111 below k=1/2k=1/2k=1/2 and to change sign at (3+5)/4(3+\sqrt5)/4(3+5​)/4. The strict ordering kCN<kCSk^N_C<k^S_CkCN​<kCS​ needs a comparison of two roots involving k3(6k−1)\sqrt{k^3(6k-1)}k3(6k−1)​ and k(6k−1)\sqrt{k(6k-1)}k(6k−1)​ on (1/2,(3+5)/4)(1/2,(3+\sqrt5)/4)(1/2,(3+5​)/4). The equilibrium analysis then needs the retailer comparison, to know when the side payment is positive. Table 1's payoff entries are valid only in that case.

Formalization scope

Everything is over R\mathbb RR, in the namespace CompetingChains.Cournot. A general definition TwoPlayerGame gives pure-strategy Nash equilibria of a two-player normal-form game. The definition Setting records the paper's reduced form: the standing assumptions, the response coefficients CXiXjC^{X_iX_j}CXi​Xj​ of Lemma 2(a), the best responses (7) and (9), the ex-ante profit functions of p. 17, the equilibrium profits ΠXiXj=πXi(CjXjXi)\Pi^{X_iX_j}=\pi^{X_i}(C_j^{X_jX_i})ΠXi​Xj​=πXi​(CjXj​Xi​​), VVV, m^\hat mm^, the stage-one payoff and its set of pure equilibria. The Bayesian stages enter only through these closed forms. The arrangements are an inductive type {S, N}. Manufacturer 2's payoff at (X1,X2)(X_1,X_2)(X1​,X2​) is manufacturer 1's payoff at (X2,X1)(X_2,X_1)(X2​,X1​). The chain profit is defined as retailer plus manufacturer profit. The stage-one payoff uses m^\hat mm^ as printed on p. 21, and agrees with Table 1 whenever the side payment is positive.

Conventions and added hypotheses, each disclosed in the items:

  • γC>0\gamma_C>0γC​>0 wherever the result needs it; at γC=0\gamma_C=0γC​=0 the chains do not interact and the middle regime is empty. Positivity of ccc, ttt and σ2\sigma^2σ2 is part of the standing assumptions.
  • The goal's "otherwise" is read as k>kCSk>k^S_Ck>kCS​, because both profiles are equilibria at k=kCNk=k^N_Ck=kCN​ and k=kCSk=k^S_Ck=kCS​.
  • Only pure-strategy equilibria are counted. "Unique equilibrium" is equality of the equilibrium set with a singleton, not membership.
  • The thresholds depend on (γC,t,σ2)(\gamma_C,t,\sigma^2)(γC​,t,σ2) only and are chosen before a,c,ka,c,ka,c,k.
  • "Decreasing" means strictly decreasing.
  • Every division is real division by a quantity positive under k>1/3k>1/3k>1/3, γC≥0\gamma_C\ge0γC​≥0, tσ2>0t\sigma^2>0tσ2>0. These hypotheses are carried in every theorem, so no statement is about Lean's value x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0.

The coefficients, profits, VVV and payoffs are definitions, never free parameters. A statement with free coefficients, a goal whose thresholds lack kCN<kCSk^N_C<k^S_CkCN​<kCS​, or one that only asserts membership of (S,S)(S,S)(S,S) would be trivial or weaker, and is not what is posed. No published platform definition states this model, so none is referenced.

Not in scope: Lemma 2's uniqueness (delegated by the paper to earlier work), the wholesale-price and cost-reduction lines of Lemma 2(a), the Bertrand half (Propositions 6(b), 7(b)), the single-chain analysis of §4, Proposition 8 and the numerical study. Proofs of any item are welcome. The polynomial root analysis behind Proposition 6(a) is the main open piece of work.

Selected references

  • A. Y. Ha, Q. Tian and S. Tong, Information Sharing in Competing Supply Chains with Production Cost Reduction, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 19(2), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2016.0607
  • A. Y. Ha, S. Tong and H. Zhang, Sharing Imperfect Demand Information in Competing Supply Chains with Production Diseconomies, Management Science 57(3), 566–581, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1100.1295
12 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Contention Resolution Schemes with Applications to Bayesian Selection Problems 2: The Degree Relaxation of Matching Has a (b, e^(−2b))-Selectable Randomized Greedy OCRSResearch Paper

Why online matching needs a stronger rounding guarantee

In online selection, candidate items reveal themselves one at a time and an algorithm must decide immediately whether to keep each one. When the kept items must form a matching, accepting one edge can prevent a later edge sharing an endpoint from being accepted. A fractional solution supplies useful marginal probabilities, but it does not by itself specify which active edges can be kept under an unfavorable arrival order. Online contention resolution schemes provide that missing rounding step: they turn independent edge activity into a feasible online selection while guaranteeing each edge a chance of selection. Feldman, Svensson, and Zenklusen introduced the strong selectability guarantee used here, which protects an edge even against an arrival order chosen with knowledge of all random outcomes (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, §1.1).

This mission isolates the matching result of their paper. It concerns a degree relaxation that is weaker than the full matching polytope, so the result applies even when the input fractional point satisfies only local vertex constraints. The source states the existence theorem as Theorem 2.7 and gives its numerical guarantee explicitly (Theorem 2.7, p. 13).

Finite graphs, fractional edges, and greedy families

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite graph. An edge ggg has two distinct endpoints; multiple edges may have the same endpoints. A matching is a set of edges with no shared vertex. For a vertex uuu, write δ(u)\delta(u)δ(u) for its incident edges. The degree relaxation is

PG={x∈R≥0E:∑g∈δ(u)xg≤1 for every u∈V}.P_G=\left\{x\in\mathbb R_{\ge0}^{E}:\sum_{g\in\delta(u)}x_g\le1\text{ for every }u\in V\right\}.PG​=⎩⎨⎧​x∈R≥0E​:g∈δ(u)∑​xg​≤1 for every u∈V⎭⎬⎫​.

Since each edge meets a vertex, these constraints also give xg≤1x_g\le1xg​≤1. Every matching has a characteristic vector in PGP_GPG​. The degree relaxation can contain points outside the convex hull of matchings, which makes the theorem stronger than a statement restricted to the matching polytope (§2.2, p. 13).

For x∈[0,1]Ex\in[0,1]^Ex∈[0,1]E, the active set R(x)R(x)R(x) includes each edge ggg independently with probability xgx_gxg​. A greedy family Fx\mathcal F_xFx​ is a downward closed family of matchings containing the empty set. A greedy online scheme accepts an active edge if adding it to the already accepted set remains in Fx\mathcal F_xFx​. The family may itself be random, sampled independently of R(x)R(x)R(x).

An edge ggg is selectable for a realized active set and greedy family when every member I∈FxI\in\mathcal F_xI∈Fx​ with I⊆R(x)I\subseteq R(x)I⊆R(x) can be extended by ggg while staying in Fx\mathcal F_xFx​. Thus selectability promises acceptance regardless of which eligible active edges preceded ggg. A scheme is (b,c)(b,c)(b,c)-selectable if this event has probability at least ccc for every x∈bPGx\in bP_Gx∈bPG​ and every edge. The probability includes both the active-set draw and any random family draw (Definitions 1.3–1.5, pp. 3–4).

Formalization targets

Theorem 2.7: a randomized matching scheme

For every b∈[0,1]b\in[0,1]b∈[0,1] and every finite loopless graph GGG,

∃ a randomized greedy scheme for PG that is (b,e−2b)-selectable.\exists\text{ a randomized greedy scheme for }P_G\text{ that is }(b,e^{-2b})\text{-selectable}.∃ a randomized greedy scheme for PG​ that is (b,e−2b)-selectable.

Equivalently, for each x∈bPGx\in bP_Gx∈bPG​ and each edge g∈Eg\in Eg∈E, the probability that ggg is selectable is at least e−2be^{-2b}e−2b. The statement includes edges with xg=0x_g=0xg​=0; the selectability event concerns the ability to add an edge, rather than the probability that it becomes active. The milestones are the steps the source states in its proof, in attack order (proof of Theorem 2.7, pp. 13–14):

  1. for t>0t>0t>0, 0≤(1−e−t)/t≤10\le(1-e^{-t})/t\le10≤(1−e−t)/t≤1, so that an edge can be put into a random set KKK of potential edges with probability (1−e−xg)/xg(1-e^{-x_g})/x_g(1−e−xg​)/xg​;
  2. drawing KKK this way and using the matchings inside KKK as the family is a randomized greedy scheme;
  3. an edge g′g'g′ with ends u,vu,vu,v is selectable exactly when g′∈Kg'\in Kg′∈K and A∩K∩(δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′})=∅A\cap K\cap(\delta(u)\cup\delta(v)\setminus\{g'\})=\varnothingA∩K∩(δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′})=∅;
  4. the probability of that event equals 1−e−xg′xg′ e−∑g∈δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′}xg\frac{1-e^{-x_{g'}}}{x_{g'}}\,e^{-\sum_{g\in\delta(u)\cup\delta(v)\setminus\{g'\}}x_g}xg′​1−e−xg′​​e−∑g∈δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′}​xg​;
  5. for x∈bPGx\in bP_Gx∈bPG​, ∑g∈δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′}xg≤2(b−xg′)\sum_{g\in\delta(u)\cup\delta(v)\setminus\{g'\}}x_g\le2(b-x_{g'})∑g∈δ(u)∪δ(v)∖{g′}​xg​≤2(b−xg′​);
  6. for t>0t>0t>0, et(et−1)/t≥1e^{t}(e^{t}-1)/t\ge1et(et−1)/t≥1.

Remark (p. 14): the deterministic variant

Taking K=EK=EK=E, the deterministic greedy scheme whose family is the set of all matchings is (b,(1−b)2)(b,(1-b)^2)(b,(1−b)2)-selectable for PGP_GPG​, b∈[0,1]b\in[0,1]b∈[0,1]:

Pr⁡A∼R(x)[g is selectable for A] ≥ (1−b)2∀x∈bPG, ∀g∈E.\Pr_{A\sim R(x)}\big[g\text{ is selectable for }A\big]\ \ge\ (1-b)^2\qquad\forall x\in bP_G,\ \forall g\in E.A∼R(x)Pr​[g is selectable for A] ≥ (1−b)2∀x∈bPG​, ∀g∈E.

This companion is weaker than Theorem 2.7 for every b∈(0,1]b\in(0,1]b∈(0,1] and is not used by it (Remark, p. 14).

What the result contributes

The theorem gives a constant probability bound against the paper's strongest, “almighty” arrival-order adversary. The guarantee is available from vertex degree inequalities alone. Consequently it applies to points of the exact matching polytope as well, without asking the online rounding procedure to exploit its additional odd-set inequalities. The paper places this result beside analogous existence claims for matroids and knapsacks in Theorem 1.8, and uses greedy schemes as components in more general selection results (Theorem 1.8, p. 4).

The existence theorem is proved in the source; it is an open formalization target here. A completed Lean development would supply a reusable finite model of independent active sets, random greedy families, edge selectability, and matching degree relaxations. It would also put the exact e−2be^{-2b}e−2b constant and its endpoint cases under machine checking. The definitions can support future formalizations of the paper's combination and application results, although this mission claims only Theorem 2.7 and its local proof milestones.

Where the argument is delicate

The local degree constraints bound the fractional weight at each endpoint separately, while selectability must survive conflicts at either endpoint under any arrival order. Merely ensuring that the algorithm outputs a matching gives no lower bound for a particular edge: the adversary can expose competing active edges first. The theorem therefore asks for a stronger event that certifies an edge could be added after every eligible previously selected matching. The numerical guarantee must hold uniformly over all edges, even when a coordinate is zero (Definitions 1.4–1.5, pp. 3–4; proof of Theorem 2.7, p. 13).

Formalization scope

The ground set is the finite edge type EEE. The published EdmondsMatching65.Polyhedron.Graph structure represents a graph by a map from edges to unordered pairs of vertices and includes a proof excluding self-loops; its matching predicate is reused directly. This admits parallel edges, a harmless generalization of the page's graph language. Incident edge sets and matchings are finite sets. The polytope is the set of real edge vectors satisfying precisely the nonnegativity and vertex degree inequalities above. Scaling is the pointwise set operation bPGbP_GbPG​, so b=0b=0b=0 remains meaningful. The parameter range 0≤b≤10\le b\le10≤b≤1 is explicit.

Probability is represented by finite sums of product weights. A randomized scheme is a weight function on finite greedy families, independent of the active-set draw. Each family contains the empty set and lies inside the matchings; allowing an empty family would make selectability vacuous. The degree inequalities keep relevant coordinates in [0,1][0,1][0,1], so active-set weights are genuine probabilities. The source's ratio (1−e−xg)/xg(1-e^{-x_g})/x_g(1−e−xg​)/xg​ is given its continuous value 111 at xg=0x_g=0xg​=0. For inputs outside the nonnegative domain, which the theorem never uses, that inclusion probability is also assigned 111 to keep the distribution well formed. These choices and the loopless graph convention are recorded with the draft statements.

The formalization needs finite product probability identities, elementary exponential inequalities, and set facts about matchings and incident edges. Contributions proving the six listed milestones, the deterministic Remark, or the full existential theorem are welcome. The finite model of active sets, greedy families and selectability is shared with the other missions of this series (matroids, knapsack, combinations of schemes, submodular rounding).

Selected references

  • Moran Feldman, Ola Svensson, and Rico Zenklusen, Online Contention Resolution Schemes, arXiv:1508.00142v2, 2015, preprint. Published as Online Contention Resolution Schemes with Applications to Bayesian Selection Problems, SIAM Journal on Computing, 2021.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Contention Resolution Schemes with Applications to Bayesian Selection Problems 3: A Knapsack Polytope Has a (b, (1−2b)/(2−2b))-Selectable Randomized Greedy OCRS for b ≤ 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

In online selection, useful items arrive one at a time and must be accepted or rejected before the next arrival. A knapsack constraint limits the total size of accepted items to one unit. When the order may depend on all of the random outcomes, an algorithm needs a guarantee that survives every such order. Feldman, Svensson, and Zenklusen introduced online contention resolution schemes (OCRSs) to provide this guarantee for fractional relaxations of selection problems. Their knapsack theorem gives an explicit guarantee for a randomized greedy scheme and contrasts with a size-dependent obstruction for deterministic greedy schemes (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, §2.3).

The knapsack result is one of the three concrete existence results summarized in Theorem 1.8 of the paper. The surrounding framework is designed to convert fractional solutions into feasible online selections under an almighty adversary, who knows the active items and the scheme's random choices before choosing their arrival order. This makes the selectability requirement stronger than a performance claim for one fixed order (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, Definitions 1.3–1.5).

Setting

Let NNN be a finite ground set. Each element e∈Ne\in Ne∈N has a size se∈[0,1]s_e\in[0,1]se​∈[0,1]. A subset I⊆NI\subseteq NI⊆N is feasible when its total size is at most one. The natural fractional polytope is

P={x∈[0,1]N:∑e∈Nsexe≤1}.P=\left\{x\in[0,1]^N:\sum_{e\in N}s_ex_e\le1\right\}.P={x∈[0,1]N:e∈N∑​se​xe​≤1}.

For a vector x∈[0,1]Nx\in[0,1]^Nx∈[0,1]N, the random active set R(x)R(x)R(x) includes each element eee independently with probability xex_exe​. A greedy family FxF_xFx​ is a downward-closed family of feasible subsets. The online rule accepts an active arriving element when adding it to the accepted set keeps that set inside FxF_xFx​. A randomized greedy OCRS chooses the family at random, independently of R(x)R(x)R(x). The paper studies the probability that an element eee is selectable: for every possible accepted set I⊆R(x)I\subseteq R(x)I⊆R(x) with I∈FxI\in F_xI∈Fx​, the enlarged set I∪{e}I\cup\{e\}I∪{e} still belongs to FxF_xFx​. Such an event makes eee acceptable regardless of the arrival order (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, §1.1).

Write bP={bp:p∈P}bP=\{bp:p\in P\}bP={bp:p∈P}. An OCRS is (b,c)(b,c)(b,c)-selectable when, for every x∈bPx\in bPx∈bP and every e∈Ne\in Ne∈N, the probability that eee is selectable is at least ccc. The paper divides elements at size 1/21/21/2: Nbig={e:se>1/2}N_{\mathrm{big}}=\{e:s_e>1/2\}Nbig​={e:se​>1/2}, while equality belongs to the small elements. Its construction randomly chooses between the feasible subsets using only big elements and those using only small elements (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, proof of Theorem 2.9).

Formalization targets

Main theorem

Theorem 2.9 asserts that for every b∈[0,1/2]b\in[0,1/2]b∈[0,1/2] and every such knapsack polytope, a randomized greedy OCRS exists with

c=1−2b2−2b.c=\frac{1-2b}{2-2b}.c=2−2b1−2b​.

The goal quantifies over every finite ground set and every allowed size vector. At the endpoint b=1/2b=1/2b=1/2, the claimed lower bound is zero; at b=0b=0b=0, it is 1/21/21/2. The denominator remains positive throughout the stated interval. The goal is an existence statement; its witnesses are arbitrary randomized greedy families meeting the definition, so the paper's particular construction is named separately in the supporting definitions (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, Theorem 2.9, p. 14).

Supporting targets

The milestones include the paper's bound 0≤bbig≤b0\le b_{\mathrm{big}}\le b0≤bbig​≤b for bbig=∑e∈Nbigsexeb_{\mathrm{big}}=\sum_{e\in N_{\mathrm{big}}}s_ex_ebbig​=∑e∈Nbig​​se​xe​, the big and small element selectability bounds for the paper's construction, and Proposition 2.8. That proposition says that, for every ground-set size n≥1n\ge1n≥1, some knapsack constraint defeats every deterministic greedy OCRS whenever c>(1−b)n−1c>(1-b)^{n-1}c>(1−b)n−1 for b∈[0,1]b\in[0,1]b∈[0,1] (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, §2.3, pp. 14–15).

Significance

The theorem supplies a concrete selectable OCRS for the natural fractional knapsack relaxation. Its guarantee applies to every element and every fractional point in bPbPbP, under the paper's strongest arrival-order adversary. Proposition 2.8 explains why randomization matters here: a deterministic greedy scheme cannot retain an analogous positive constant independent of the number of elements on every knapsack instance. These results serve as the knapsack component in the paper's broader OCRS framework and can be combined with schemes for other constraints in the paper's later combination result (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, Theorem 1.9).

The mathematical theorem and proposition have proofs in the cited paper. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their formal statements and of the stated intermediate bounds. The current draft declarations contain proof placeholders; compilation establishes only that their statements and definitions are well formed. A completed development would also leave reusable finite active-set probabilities, greedy-family predicates, and explicit knapsack constructions for later online-rounding work.

Difficulty

A family that contains every feasible subset is not automatically useful for online selection: one active set may contain several subsets whose accepted elements block the tested element. The requirement quantifies over every feasible accepted subset of the realized active set, reflecting the almighty adversary rather than a fixed order. In a knapsack, elements larger than one half behave differently from smaller ones, and a single deterministic family cannot give a ground-set-independent selectability guarantee on all instances. The randomized construction must assign valid probabilities to its two families and obtain the same lower bound in both size regimes (Feldman–Svensson–Zenklusen, Proposition 2.8 and Theorem 2.9).

Formalization scope

The Lean ground set is a finite type, and subsets are Finsets. The polytope is the set of real vectors satisfying both the box inequalities and the unit-capacity inequality. The feasible family uses the same sizes and unit capacity. Active-set and family-choice probabilities are finite sums, with independent Bernoulli factors for R(x)R(x)R(x). The scaling bPbPbP is pointwise set scalar multiplication, so the case b=0b=0b=0 retains its intended meaning. The size assumptions se∈[0,1]s_e\in[0,1]se​∈[0,1] and the ranges of bbb are explicit theorem hypotheses. No nonemptiness assumption is added to the ground set; the statements include the empty case.

The greedy-family definition requires the empty set, making it impossible to satisfy selectability by using an empty family. Every family chosen with positive probability is downward closed and consists of feasible sets. The polytope's box constraints keep every active-set weight a probability. The construction's mixing probability is used exactly on x∈bPx\in bPx∈bP; on other vectors its totalized value chooses the small family, where the paper makes no performance claim. The two branch weights are added if their families coincide, as they can on an empty ground set.

One display on page 15 includes the tested element in a load sum, while the next displayed equality treats that element as excluded. The pointwise supporting item uses the excluded-element form needed for the stated argument; the printed display is preserved in the milestone quotation and the discrepancy is detailed in MODERATION_NOTES.md. Contributions toward either size regime, the finite probability bounds, or the deterministic obstruction are welcome. The finite probability and greedy-family definitions are the parts most directly reusable beyond knapsack.

Selected references

  • Moran Feldman, Ola Svensson, and Rico Zenklusen, Online Contention Resolution Schemes, arXiv:1508.00142v2, 2015, §1.1 and §2.3, pp. 2–4 and 14–15. arXiv.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Minimum Cost Flows in Graphs with Unit Capacities: When the Second Phase of a Cost Scale Starts, at Most 3λ Excess Is Left for λ = √m and 36λ for λ = n^(2/3)Research Paper

Motivation

Minimum-cost flow is a standard model for routing a quantity through a network while paying a cost on each arc. Unit capacities arise when each input arc can carry at most one unit; they include flow formulations of several matching and assignment problems. Goldberg, Kaplan, Hed and Tarjan analyze a cost-scaling algorithm for this setting. Their second-phase argument depends on a bound on the excess left in a pseudoflow when every excess vertex has undergone enough potential increases. This mission formalizes that bound, Lemma 5 of their STACS 2015 paper. The published paper gives an O(min⁡{m1/2,n2/3} mlog⁡(nC))O(\min\{m^{1/2},n^{2/3}\}\,m\log(nC))O(min{m1/2,n2/3}mlog(nC)) running-time bound for its unit-capacity algorithm; the running-time statement itself is outside this mission.

Setting

A network has a finite vertex set VVV and an arc set EEE that contains both orientations of each input arc. Write n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣. Every input arc has capacity one; its reverse has capacity zero and opposite cost. Write mmm for the number of input arcs, so ∣E∣=2m|E|=2m∣E∣=2m. The paper assumes no parallel or antiparallel input arcs, allowing an arc to be identified by its ordered endpoints. Costs are antisymmetric between orientations.

A pseudoflow fff assigns an antisymmetric quantity to each arc and respects its capacity. Its excess at vvv is the sum ef(v)e_f(v)ef​(v) of incoming flow. Positive excess means that vvv has flow to discharge; negative excess is a deficit. A circulation is a pseudoflow with zero excess at every vertex. An arc is residual for fff when its residual capacity uf(v,w)=u(v,w)−f(v,w)u_f(v,w)=u(v,w)-f(v,w)uf​(v,w)=u(v,w)−f(v,w) is positive. For vertex prices ppp, its reduced cost is cp(v,w)=c(v,w)−p(v)+p(w)c_p(v,w)=c(v,w)-p(v)+p(w)cp​(v,w)=c(v,w)−p(v)+p(w). A pseudoflow is ε\varepsilonε-optimal at ppp when every residual arc has reduced cost at least −ε-\varepsilon−ε. These are the paper's conventions on p. 408.

At the start of a cost scale, let f′f'f′ be a circulation that is 2ε2\varepsilon2ε-optimal at prices p′p'p′. During the scale, fff is a pseudoflow that is ε\varepsilonε-optimal at prices ppp. The potential increase in scale units is d(v)=(p(v)−p′(v))/εd(v)=(p(v)-p'(v))/\varepsilond(v)=(p(v)−p′(v))/ε. Put λ=min⁡{m,n2/3}\lambda=\min\{\sqrt m,n^{2/3}\}λ=min{m​,n2/3}. The second phase begins when every excess vertex has d(v)≥λd(v)\ge\lambdad(v)≥λ; the paper also states that every deficit then has d(v)=0d(v)=0d(v)=0 and that the levels d(v)d(v)d(v) are integral. The remaining excess is X(f)=∑v:ef(v)>0ef(v)X(f)=\sum_{v:e_f(v)>0}e_f(v)X(f)=∑v:ef​(v)>0​ef​(v).

The comparison graph has arcs E+={(v,w)∈E:f′(v,w)>f(v,w)}E^+=\{(v,w)\in E:f'(v,w)>f(v,w)\}E+={(v,w)∈E:f′(v,w)>f(v,w)} and vertices VVV. An excess–deficit cut Y⊆E+Y\subseteq E^+Y⊆E+ meets every path in this graph from an excess vertex to a deficit vertex. Thus a cut is measured among comparison arcs, not among arbitrary arcs of the original network. Lemmas 3 and 4 of the paper establish the level and cut bounds on which the excess estimate rests.

Formalization targets

The goal is Lemma 5 on p. 410, stated with both constants obtained in its proof. Under the cost-scale conditions above, and the divisibility conventions in footnotes 5–6, its two cases are

λ=m⟹X(f)≤3λ,\lambda=\sqrt m\quad\Longrightarrow\quad X(f)\le 3\lambda,λ=m​⟹X(f)≤3λ, λ=n2/3⟹X(f)≤36λ.\lambda=n^{2/3}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad X(f)\le36\lambda.λ=n2/3⟹X(f)≤36λ.

The second case also assumes that six divides the integer λ\lambdaλ; the first uses divisibility by three. The goal keeps the two conclusions separate so that the stronger 3λ3\lambda3λ bound is retained when m\sqrt mm​ determines the scale. Its milestone list follows the paper: Lemma 3 bounds d(v)−d(w)d(v)-d(w)d(v)−d(w) by three on an arc of E+E^+E+; Lemma 4 bounds total excess by a cut; and the proof of Lemma 5 supplies the cut bands and the two size estimates. The bands use the exact three-level and six-level ranges printed on p. 410.

Significance

The result connects a condition on price increases to a numerical bound on the amount of flow still needing discharge. Combined with the paper's time per unit of remaining excess, this is the bound needed for its second-phase running-time estimate. The two regimes show how the same cost-scale state can be controlled by either the number of input arcs or the number of vertices. Without the excess bound, the paper's argument gives no comparable limit on the remaining work at the phase transition.

The paper proves Lemma 5, but this particular unit-capacity excess argument has no matching theorem in the platform catalog checked for this mission. The network, circulation and pseudoflow interfaces are already published as reusable definitions from earlier cost-scaling work. A completed machine-checked development would add the cut argument and band counts to those interfaces. Those facts can also support other analyses that compare an entry circulation with an intermediate pseudoflow; this mission does not claim to formalize the algorithm's entire execution or its running-time model.

Difficulty

The main obstacle is linking local price inequalities to a global bound on excess. A reduced-cost inequality controls a single residual arc, while excess may move through a path and is measured over many vertices. The comparison graph G+G^+G+ is essential: on a residual arc outside E+E^+E+, the level difference used by Lemma 3 is not available. Counting all residual arcs as if they were comparison arcs would therefore not justify the cut bound. There is a separate counting issue: the represented network has both directions of each input arc, so using ∣E∣|E|∣E∣ for mmm changes the constant in the square-root case.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the network by a finite symmetric arc set with real capacities and antisymmetric real costs. A local unit-capacity predicate marks each reverse pair as capacities (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) or (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); mmm counts the capacity-one orientations. Flows are real valued as on p. 408. Integer costs on that page are generalized to real costs because Lemmas 3–5 use only antisymmetry and reduced-cost inequalities. No result here depends on cost integrality.

The formalization takes the cost-scale state as hypotheses: ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, entry circulation and 2ε2\varepsilon2ε-optimality, current ε\varepsilonε-optimality, integral levels, level at least λ\lambdaλ at excess vertices, and zero level at deficits. It takes λ\lambdaλ as a natural number equal to min⁡{m,n2/3}\min\{\sqrt m,n^{2/3}\}min{m​,n2/3} and records the paper's divisibility simplifications. The indexed pigeonhole milestones also require λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 so their index ranges are nonempty; the goal includes the zero-arc boundary without requiring an index. Cuts use reachability after deleting a subset of E+E^+E+, equivalent to meeting every excess-to-deficit path. The proof of Lemma 5 prints “cut in GfG_fGf​”; the formalized claim uses G+G^+G+, the graph for which Lemma 3 gives the required level control and Lemma 4 states its bound.

The definition layer, path-cut lemma and finite counting arguments are the reusable infrastructure. Contributions that establish these exact statements, their necessary elementary flow identities, or a machine-checked goal proof are in scope. Counting mmm with reverse arcs, allowing cuts outside E+E^+E+, using arbitrary real levels in place of integral ones, or replacing both cases by the weaker 36λ36\lambda36λ bound does not express this target.

Selected references

  • A. V. Goldberg, H. Kaplan, S. Hed and R. E. Tarjan, Minimum Cost Flows in Graphs with Unit Capacities, 32nd International Symposium on Theoretical Aspects of Computer Science, LIPIcs 30, pp. 406–419, 2015. doi:10.4230/LIPIcs.STACS.2015.406.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 17 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me